Bay Controller - Stucke Elektronik - SYMAP - Service Manual 795

®

SYMAP -

Power Protection Monitoring Diesel Control Power Management

Service Manual

Service Manual

FOR THIS DOCUMENT WE RESERVE ALL RIGHTS. WITHOUT OUR CONSENT IN WRITING IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED BY ANY MEANS NOR BE MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THIRD PARTIES. ANY VIOLATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO CRIMINAL PROSECUTION. THE CONTENT OF THIS MANUAL IS FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY. THE CONTENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY STUCKE ELEKTRONIK GMBH. STUCKE ELEKTRONIK GMBH ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS DOCUMENTATION.

Version: File:

08.12.2011 (JH) SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

Firmware: -

- 2/208 -

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

CU: MU: RU:

1.10 / 17.02.2009 1.10 / 02.09.2009 1.10 / 08.11.2006

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Table of content 1 Parameter settings introduction.............................................................................................. 5 1.1 Change of settings .......................................................................................................... 5 1.2 Event system introduction ............................................................................................... 5 1.3 Graphical Quick User Guide – e.g. SYMAP®-Y ............................................................... 6 2 System settings ...................................................................................................................... 11 2.1 Codes ........................................................................................................................... 12 2.2 General Parameter ....................................................................................................... 13 2.3 Nominal Ratio Values ................................................................................................... 20 2.4 Communication ............................................................................................................. 24 2.5 Analog Inputs ................................................................................................................ 29 2.5.1 PT100 Inputs ................................................................................................................ 32 2.6 Binary Inputs ................................................................................................................. 35 2.6.1 Wire fault alarm............................................................................................................. 37 2.7 Analogous Outputs ....................................................................................................... 38 2.8 Binary Outputs .............................................................................................................. 41 2.8.1 Shunt #1 output ............................................................................................................ 41 2.8.2 Shunt #2 output ............................................................................................................ 42 2.8.3 Lockout relay ................................................................................................................ 43 2.8.4 Synchron ON output ..................................................................................................... 44 2.8.5 Function outputs ........................................................................................................... 45 2.9 Event Builder ................................................................................................................ 46 2.10 Power management (main menu) ................................................................................. 47 2.10.1 General PM Parameter ................................................................................................. 48 2.10.2 Power management ...................................................................................................... 55 2.10.3 Load sharing ................................................................................................................. 59 2.10.4 Frequency controller ..................................................................................................... 64 2.10.5 Voltage regulator .......................................................................................................... 68 Power factor controller .................................................................................................. 71 2.10.6 2.10.7 Big consumer request (BCR) ........................................................................................ 73 2.10.8 Blackout ........................................................................................................................ 76 2.10.9 Engine control ............................................................................................................... 80 2.10.10 Starting phase............................................................................................................... 83 2.10.11 Stopping phase ............................................................................................................. 86 2.10.12 Preferential trip limits/Abnormal BUS condition ............................................................. 91 2.10.13 Additional limits ............................................................................................................. 94 3 Relay settings ......................................................................................................................... 97 3.1 ANSI 15 – Matching device (motorpoty) ........................................................................ 99 3.2 ANSI 24 – Overexcitation Relay .................................................................................. 105 3.3 ANSI 25 /A – Automatic Synchronizing ....................................................................... 106 3.4 ANSI 27 – Undervoltage Relay ................................................................................... 114 3.5 ANSI 27 B – BUS undervoltage relay .......................................................................... 116 3.6 ANSI 32 – Overload Relay .......................................................................................... 117 3.7 ANSI 37 – Undercurrent Relay (motor) ....................................................................... 119 3.8 ANSI 40 Q – Loss of Excitation Relay ......................................................................... 120 3.9 ANSI 46 – Negative Sequence Relay.......................................................................... 122 3.10 ANSI 47 – Phase sequence voltage relay ................................................................... 125 3.11 ANSI 49 – Thermal Overload ...................................................................................... 126 3.11.1 Thermal overload I (general) ....................................................................................... 126 3.11.2 Thermal overload II (user) ........................................................................................... 129 3.11.3 Thermal overload III (interval) ..................................................................................... 131 3.12 ANSI 50 BF – Breaker Failure ..................................................................................... 132 3.13 ANSI 50 – Instantaneous overcurrent relay ................................................................. 133 3.14 ANSI 50G/N – Instantaneous ground overcurrent relay............................................... 135 ®

SYMAP


- 3/208 -

Service Manual

3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31 3.32 3.33 3.34 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.38

ANSI 51 – AC time overcurrent relay .......................................................................... 137 ANSI 51G/N – AC time ground overcurrent relay ........................................................ 141 ANSI 51 LR – Locked Rotor ........................................................................................ 143 ANSI 59 – Overvoltage relay ....................................................................................... 145 ANSI 59 B – BUS overvoltage relay ............................................................................ 147 ANSI 64/59N – Overvoltage ground relay ................................................................... 148 ANSI 66 – Start Inhibit for Motors................................................................................ 150 ANSI 67 – AC Directional Overcurrent Relay .............................................................. 151 ANSI 67GS/GD – AC directional ground overcurrent relay.......................................... 155 ANSI 78 – Vector surge/dF/dt supervision relay .......................................................... 158 ANSI 78 S Out-of-step tripping .................................................................................... 160 ANSI 79 – AC reclosing relay ...................................................................................... 163 ANSI 81 – Frequency relay ......................................................................................... 166 ANSI 81 B – BUS frequency relay ............................................................................... 169 ANSI 86 – Lockout relay ............................................................................................. 171 ANSI 87 – Differential protection relay ........................................................................ 172 ANSI 87LD – Line Differential Protection .................................................................... 176 ANSI 87 N – Restrict earth fault relay.......................................................................... 180 ANSI 94 – Supervision relay ....................................................................................... 183 ANSI 95 i – Inrush blocking relay ................................................................................ 187 ANSI FF – Fuse failure (voltages) ............................................................................... 189 Auxiliary limits ............................................................................................................. 191 ANSI CW Contact wear measurement ....................................................................... 193 ANSI FL Fault Locator................................................................................................ 197

4 Alarm controller settings ..................................................................................................... 199 5 Special parameters .............................................................................................................. 203 6 Maintenance, Servicing and Retesting ............................................................................... 205

- 4/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1 Parameter settings introduction 1.1

Change of settings

All settings can be easily set or changed directly with the front panel keys of SYMAP® without any additional programming device or laptop computer. A menu tree structure offers easy access to the functions. To change a setting or to set new settings, first select the parameter with the Up-key and Down-key and then press the Enter-key. The requested digit can be selected by using the Left-key and Right-key. The digit can be changed by pressing the Up-key and Down-key. After finishing the change of values (numbers) or text declaration, such as “ON” or “OFF”, press the Enter-key. The next parameter may now be selected by pressing the Up-key and the Down key.

1.2

Event system introduction

The event system of the device gives the user the possibility to realize his own applications. With events all functions of the device can be activated or deactivated. An event is an internal logical representation of a device process. The event system offers sources and sinks of events. The event sources have fixed unique event numbers. These event numbers became active (logically “True”) if the condition related to this event is fulfilled (e.g. a limit is reached), otherwise inactive (logically “False”). The event sinks are linked to fixed processes or fixed functions and can be programmed by the user. The user can build a link between the source and the sink by setting an event source number to an event sink number. The sink (function) became active if the related source became also active. NOTE:

Some modules are sinks and sources at the same time, e.g. all binary outputs are sinks and will be activated by source events. But every binary output produces himself again source events when he becomes active. The same is valid for alarms and all event builder elements. The source events can be combined over logic modules (event builder) which produce new source events.

Examples: •

The ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing unit 1 should be activated by a binary input (Function 20). The binary input is an event source and the Sync. unit is an event sink. The event number related to the input is [0521]. This number must be set on parameter [1000] (SYNC. UNIT 1 active by: [0521]) by the user. Then Function 20 activates the Sync. unit 1.

•

The ANSI 50 overcurrent relay should open a circuit breaker over a binary output (Shunt #1). ANSI 50 is an event source and the binary output an event sink (respectively a source). One event number related to ANSI 50 is [1402] (1.limit reached and delay passed). This number must be set on Shunt #1 (e.g. 01: [1402]). Then a measured current value will open a circuit breaker.

®

SYMAP


- 5/208 -

Figure 1-1

- 6/208 -

(A)


ENTER MENU

(B)

ENTER MENU

(B)

(C)

(C)

F2 ALARMS

F1 METERS

F4 →

F2 ALARMS

F1 METERS

(A)

PROCESS

METERS

EXIT

PROCESS

ENTER MENU

F4 →

EXIT

ALARM PAGE GROUPS EVENTS EVENT HISTORY DETAILED PROT. HISTORY INTERLOCK PAGE SYTEMFAIL PAGE

Active alarms Alarms Active Alarm groups Active events Event history Detailed history Interlock page Systemfail page

ALARMS

ENTER MENU

METERS OVERVIEW CURRENT METERS VOLTAGE METERS POWER METERS COUNTER GROUND VALUES HARMONIC WAVES FREQUENCY METER ANALOG INPUTS DISPLAY SETTING

Overview Overview Current meters Voltage meters Power meters Counter Ground values Harmonic waves Frequency meters Analog inputs Display setting

ALARM/EVENT LIST

F2 ALARMS F1 METERS

(B)

ALARMS

(A)

(C)

ENTER MENU

F4 →

EXIT

SYNCHRONISING PAGE BREAKER COUNTER

Synchronizer Synchronizer Breaker counter

METERS

ENTER MENU

PROCESS LIST

F3 PROCESS

F2 ALARMS

F1 METERS

METERS LIST

PROCESS

ALARMS

METERS

F1 METERS

DISPLAY

F4 →

Profibus DP

MODBUS (RS422)

MODBUS

(2)

1.3

ENTER MENU

(1)

Service Manual

Graphical Quick User Guide – e.g. SYMAP®-Y

Menu navigation – part 1

SYMAP

®

(1)

(2)

SYMAP

®

Figure 1-2 ENTER MENU

ANWENDUNGEN

SYSTEM CONTROL

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc EXIT

EXIT

F4 →

ENTER MENU

ENTER MENU

SCHALTER------------------------------SCHALTER SCHALTER Betrieb ---------------:„LOCAL“ „LOCAL“ Betrieb :„LOCAL“ Betrieb : „REMOTE“ Prozess : :„AUTO“ „AUTO“ Prozess Prozess : „AUTO“ Zustand : :„ENTRIEG.“ „ENTRIEG.“ Zustand Zustand : „ENTRIEG.“ Recloser : :„AUS“ „AUS“ Recloser Recloser :------------------„AUS“ SYSTEM------------------SYSTEM SYSTEM ------------------Pieper : :„AUS“ „AUS“ Pieper Pieper Heizer : :„AUS“ :„EIN“ „EIN“ Heizer Heizer : „EIN“ LOCKOUT------------------------------LOCKOUT LOCKOUT Zustand ---------------:„ZU“ „ZU“ Zustand :„ZU“ Zustand : Löschen : :------Löschen Löschen : ----

VERSION VERSION

F2 ALARMS

F1 METERS

BREAKER ---------------mode Betrieb : „LOCAL“ process : „AUTO“ state : „UNLOCKED.“ recloser : „OFF“ SYSTEM -----------------beeper : „OFF“ heater : „ON“ LOCKOUT ---------------state : „CLOSED“ Reset : ----

APPLIC:

SYSTEM

ENTER MENU

ENTER PASSWORD! ****

F2 ALARMS

CONTROL

VERSION VERSION

: „none“

„6" : „none“

ENTER MENU

(1)

F4 →

EXIT

(3)

Service Manual


- 7/208 -

- 8/208 -


(1)

ENTER MENU

(E)

(F) F4 →

F3 PROCESS

(D)

F1 METERS

EXIT

F4 →

F2 ALARMS

F1 METERS

BACK

RELAY

EXIT

ALARMS

(E)

(F)

F2 ALARMS

ALARMS

ENTER MENU

F4 →

F3 PROCESS

(D)

F1 METERS

F4 →

EXIT

RELAY

BACK

(F)

(E)

F2 ALARMS

SYSTEM

F4 →

EXIT

Select : ALARMCHANNEL CHANNELEVENT EVENT – Select Select „01" Select ALARM Select „01" ALARM CHANNEL EVENT ––Text“) Select :: „01" -1.1.line: line: („editierbarer („editierbarer Text“) - -1. line: („editable text“) - 2.line: line:(„editierbarer („editierbarerText“) Text“) - -2.2.line: („editable-text“) mode : :NO NOACK ACK mode - -mode ACK -trigger trigger : :NO :1505 1505 - -trigger : 1505 -block blockby by: : 00 - -block 0 sec -delay delayby : : : 0.0 0.0 sec - -delay : : 0.083 sec 1. group LED CONTROL group: : 83 83 LEDCONTROL CONTROL - -1.1.group LED ALARM: 1. group : none ALARM: 1. group : none ALARM: TRIP: - 1. group : none TRIP: -priority priority :none none TRIP: red: - -priority : :none red: red: option :none none amber: option :none amber: option : amber: green: -beeper beeper : :OFF OFF green: green: - -beeper : OFF

ALARM CHANNEL – SELECT:

F3 PROCESS

ALARMS

EXIT

00 Codes Codes 01 General parametrers 02 Nominal ratio values 03 Communication Serial number 04 Analogous inputs **** 05 Binary inputs 06 Analogous outputs Software vers. CU: 07 Binary outputs MU: 08 Event builder RU: 09 Powermanagement

ANSI DEVICE LIST

SYSTEM

(motorpoti) 15 Matching device (motorpoti) 24 Overexcitation relay 25/A Synchronizing relay … … … 95i Inrush blocking relay FF Fuse Failure (voltages) AL Auxiliary limits CW Contact wear measurement FL Fault Locator

ANSI DEVICE LIST

F2 ALARMS

F1 METERS

(D)

(1)

SYSTEM

F4 →

MAINPAGE

RELAY

F1 METERS

VIEW

F3 PROCESS

SETTING

……Parameters ... …Parameter Parameter... ...

Figure 1-3 ……Parameters ... … Parameter Parameter ... ...

(3)

F4 →

EXIT

(1)

F4 →

EXIT

(4)

Service Manual


SYMAP

®

®


(1)

(G)

(H)

F1 METERS

SYSTEM

(I)

F2 ALARMS

ALARME

ENTER MENU

F4 →

ENDE

Parametrieren

F3 PROCESS

ZURüCK

ENTER MENU

(motorpoti) 15 Matching device (motorpoti) 24 Overexcitation relay 25/A Synchronizing relay … … … 95i Inrush blocking relay FF Fuse Failure (voltages) AL Auxiliary limits CW Contact wear measurement FL Fault Locator ENTER MENU

F4 →

ENDE

(G)

F1 METERS

SCHUTZ

(H)

(I)

F2 ALARMS

ALARME

ENTER MENU

F4 →

ENDE

Parametrieren

F3 PROCESS

ZURüCK

ENTER MENU

00 Codes Codes 01 General parametrers 02 Nominal ratio values 03 Communication Serial number 04 Analogous inputs **** 05 Binary inputs 06 Analogous outputs Software vers. CU: 07 Binary outputs MU: 08 Event builder RU: 09 Powermanagement

SYSTEM PARAMETER

F2 ALARMS

F1 METERS

ANSI DEVICE LIST

SYSTEM

SCHUTZ

ENTER MENU

PASSWORTEINGABE ****

F1 METERS

ÄNDERN

……Parameter ... …Parameter Parameter... ...

SYMAP ENTER MENU

F4 →

ENDE

……Parameter ... … Parameter Parameter ... ...

Figure 1-4 (I)

(G)

F1 METERS

SCHUTZ

ENTER MENU

(H)

F2 ALARMS

SYSTEM

Parametrieren

F4 →

ENDE

ENTER MENU

Select : ALARMCHANNEL CHANNELEVENT EVENT – Select Select „01" Select ALARM Select „01" ALARM CHANNEL EVENT ––Text“) Select :: „01" -1.1.line: line: („editierbarer („editierbarer Text“) - 1. line: („editierbarer Text“) - 2.line: line:(„editierbarer („editierbarerText“) Text“) - -2.2.line: („editierbarer Text“): NO ACK -mode mode : NOACK ACK - -mode -trigger trigger : :NO :1505 1505 - -trigger : 1505 -block blockby by: : 00 - -block 0 sec -delay delayby : : : 0.0 0.0 sec - -delay : : 0.083 sec group LEDCONTROL CONTROL - -1.1.group : 83 LED - 1. group : 83 LED CONTROL ALARM: -1.1.group group :none none ALARM: ALARM: TRIP: - -1. group : :none TRIP: -priority priority :none none TRIP: :none red: - -priority : red: red: -option option : :none none amber: amber: - -option : none amber: green: -beeper beeper : :OFF OFF green: green: - -beeper : OFF

ALARM CHANNEL – SELECT:

F3 PROCESS

ALARME

……Parameter ... … Parameter Parameter ... ...

(4)

F4 →

ENDE

(1)

F4 →

ENDE

(5)

Service Manual


- 9/208 -

- 10/208 -

(1)

Systemstatus Systemstatus Testbox (I/O) SSC-Transferstatus SSC-MU/RU-Data CAN-Transferstatus Serial channel Transponder EEPROM status EXT.board (ADCs) Software Relais driver QS-Overview


ENTER MENU

(1)

ENTER MENU

-------------------------

ENTER MENU

F3 PROCESS

F2 ALARMS F1 METERS

F4 →

(H\02)

CAL.MODE

NOMINAL

DEFAULT

F4 →

EXIT

Calibration tolerance: 0,10 % --Select----- ------Source------------Status— Ugen/Igen 230.94 V / 1 A I>> 10 A Ubus 230.94 V Ubus 2 none Idiff none Ugnd1 none / none Ignd1 1A / 5A Uaux 60 Vdc Shunt ½ 60 Vdc /60 Vdc

ENTER MENU

Calibrate

2.0 sec

00 100 % 100 % 100 %

Access only by Stucke Electronic GmbH !

0009. number :: 0009. Device serial number 0010. U1gen CAL. -X1/17 : 0011. U2gen CAL. -X1/19 : 0012. U3gen CAL. -X1/21 : … … … 0092. – PT 100 :

CALIBRATION PARAMETER

F1 METERS

CALIB-

-------------------------

EXIT

(DATA) SSC-Transferstatus (DATA) SSC-MU/RU-Data (DATA) CAN-Transferstatus (DATA) Serial channel (DATA) Transponder (DATA) EEPROM status (DATA) EXT.boards (ADCs) (DATA) Software (DATA) Relais driver (DATA) QS-Overview

(DATA) Testbox (I/O)

(DATA) SYSTEM STATUS

F4 →

F3 PROCESS

SERVICE LIST

EXIT

SERVICE

ENTER MENU

F3 PROCESS

BACK

ENTER MENU

……Parameters ... … Parameter Parameter ... ...

Figure 1-5 F4 →

EXIT

ENTER MENU

ENTER MENU

Test/Parameter setting

----------------------------------------BIN. OUTPUT : Shunt#1 Cycles : 1000 On-time : 0.10 sec Off-time : 0.10 sec Action: OFF ON CYCLE ---------------------- QS ------------KEYBOARD : OFF LED CYCLE : OFF BEEPER : OFF I/O-test : OFF Watchdog : OFF

F3 PROCESS

F2 ALARMS

TEST MODE

NVR-REST

TESTMODE

EXIT F4 →

ENTER MENU

……Parameters ... … Parameter Parameter ... ...

(5)

(1)

F4 →

EXIT

Service Manual


SYMAP

®

Service Manual

2 System settings Figure 2-1 shows the different system parameter groups. SYSTEM PARAMETER 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Codes General parameter Nominal ratio values Communication Analogous inputs Binary inputs Analogous outputs Binary outputs Event builder Power management

RELAY

ALARMS

EXIT

Figure 2-1 System parameter groups

®

SYMAP


- 11/208 -

Service Manual

2.1

Codes

The system codes are used to define access levels for the user (see figure 2-2). CODES

Setting range:

0001. Breaker/system control : 0002. Settings w/o ev.builder: 0003. Master password :

BACK

1111 1111 1111

0-9999 0-9999 0-9999

EXIT

Figure 2-2 Codes

Parameter description: 0001. Breaker/system control : Only for breaker or system control, not for change of settings 0002. Settings w/o ev.builder : For breaker or system control and for change of settings, but without codes and event builder 0003. Master password Access without restrictions

:

NOTE: The default codes have all the value 1111. The passwords can be disabled by setting all 3 passwords (parameters [0001] to [0003]) to zero (also for Types with Transponder). In this case the device is accessible only with a transponder card or the Parameter Tool, and the access to this Codes setting page of the device is blocked.

- 12/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.2

General Parameter

The general parameters of SYMAP® contains the setting of the on-board real time clock, the selection of the graphic mimic for the LC-Display and the definition of the corresponding circuitbreaker feedback signals (see figures 2-3 to 2-9). Setting range:

GENERAL PARAMETER 0100. 0101. 0102. 0103. 0104. 0105. 0106. 0107. 0108. 0109. 0110. 0111.

TIME setting

- hours : 16 - minutes: 47 DATE setting - year : 2003 – month : 10 - day : 21 – format : YY.MM.DD LANGUAGE - select : ENGLISH GRAPHIC TYPE – select :1B ES.F-O Change main page : OFF Freq. average builder : 2.5 sec Power average builder : 3.5 sec Meters average builder : 10.0 sec ↓ BACK EXIT

0-24 0-60 2002-2040 0-12 0-31 D.M.Y, Y.M.D, M.D.Y ENGLISH/GERMAN/FRENCH/RUSSIAN/…

(see Appendix A3) OFF/Layout 1/Layout 2 0.0- 10.0 sec 0.0- 10.0 sec 0.0-999.9 sec

Figure 2-3 General Parameter-1


Check control access : BREAKER 1 –ON feedback : –OFF feedback: - ON->OFF control event - OFF->ON control event - IN feedback : - OUT feedback : - OUT->IN control event - IN->OUT control event – EARTH ON feedback : – EARTH OFF feedback : - EARTH->OFF ctrl.event BACK

ON 500 0

↑

0 0

0 0

EXIT

↓

Setting range: OFF/ON 0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event event display event display 0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event event display event display 0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event event display

only only

only only

only


®

SYMAP


- 13/208 -

Service Manual


- OFF->EARTH ctrl.event – ctrl. time (fail ev.): BREAKER 2 –ON feedback : –OFF feedback: - ON->OFF control event - OFF->ON control event - IN feedback : - OUT feedback : - OUT->IN control event - IN->OUT control event – EARTH ON feedback : – EARTH OFF feedback : BACK

↑ 15.0 sec 502 0

0 0

504 0 EXIT

↓

Setting range: event display only 0.0-9999.9 sec 0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event event display only event display only 0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event event display only event display only 0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event



- EARTH->OFF ctrl.event - OFF->EARTH ctrl.event – ctrl. time (fail ev.): BREAKER 3 –ON feedback : –OFF feedback: - ON->OFF control event - OFF->ON control event - IN feedback : - OUT feedback : - OUT->IN control event - IN->OUT control event – EARTH ON feedback : BACK

↑ 15.0 sec 0 0

0 0

0 EXIT

↓

Setting range: event display event display 0.0-999.9 sec 0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event event display event display 0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event event display event display 0-9999 Event

only only

only only

only only



↑

– EARTH OFF feedback : 0 - EARTH->OFF ctrl.event - OFF->EARTH ctrl.event – ctrl. time (fail ev.): 15.0 sec COUNTER - Working hours: 0 h – cycle limit: 0 h – Active power(fwd) P+ : 0 – Active power(rev) P- : 0 – React. power(cap) Q+ : 0 – React. power(ind) Q- : 0 – Breaker 1 ON cycles : 0 – EARTH cycles : 0 ↓ BACK EXIT

Setting range: 0-9999 Event event display only event display only 0.0-999.9 sec 0-999999 hours 0-60000 hours 0-4294967280 0-4294967280 0-4294967280 0-4294967280 0-65535 0-65535

Figure 2-7 General Parameter-5 - 14/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual


– Breaker 2 ON cycles : – EARTH cycles : – Breaker 3 ON cycles : – Breaker 1 ON max.cyc.: – EARTH max.cyc.: – Breaker 2 ON max.cyc.: – EARTH max.cyc.: – Breaker 3 ON max.cyc.: – kWh-pulses (P+) : – kWh/pulse : – pulse duration: CB CLOSED(Net) feedback: BACK

Setting range: ↑ 0 0 0 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 ON 10 0.05 sec 0 ↓ EXIT

0-65535 0-65535 0-65535 0-65535 0-65535 0-65535 0-65535 0-65535 ON/OFF 0-65535 0.01-655.34 sec 0-9999 Event



REMOTE – ACK : Switch op.mode(loc/rem): (P-) - kWh/pulse : - pulse duration : (Q+) - kvarh/pulse : - pulse duration : (Q-) - kvarh/pulse : - pulse duration : Block ACK-key by event : Switch OFF LCD/LEDs by : Working hours limit 1 : Working hours limit 2 : BACK

Setting range: 526 0 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0 0 0

↑

sec sec sec ev. ev. h h

0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event 0-65535 0.01-655.34 sec 0-65535 0.01-655.34 sec 0-65535 0.01-655.34 sec 0-9999 Event 0-9999 Event 0-65000 h 0-65000 h

EXIT


Parameter description: 0100. Time setting - hours : Setting of hours of the integrated real time clock (RTC) NOTE: If devices are connected over the CANBUS1 they will synchronize their RTCs automatically. 0101.

- minutes : Setting of minutes of the integrated real time clock (RTC)

0102. Date setting - year : Setting of year of the integrated real time clock (RTC) 0103.

- month : Setting of month of the integrated real time clock (RTC)

®

SYMAP


- 15/208 -

Service Manual

0104.

- day : Setting of day of the integrated real time clock (RTC)

0105.

- format Selection of shown format of the date

:

0106. LANGUAGE - select : Actually available: ENGLISH, GERMAN, FRENCH, RUSSIAN, SERBIAN, SPANISH and TURKISH. The languages are valid for the user menu, not for the settings menu section (this section is always in English). 0107. GRAPHIC TYPE - select : Selection of the shown graphic (BUS and breaker arrangement). For details refer to the Appendix A3. 0108. Change main page : With this parameter different layouts (with bar graphs) for the main page can be selected. 0109. Freq. average builder : Real average builder for the gen. freq. with max. 10 sec period. The builder influences all processes related to the freq. (display, comm., analog outputs, PM…). 0110. Power average builder : Real average builder for the sum active power with max. 10 sec period. The builder influences all processes related to the active power (display, power counter, PM…). 0111. Meters average builder : This parameter is valid both for all meter values displayed on all pages and on the 7segment displays and for those into communication transferred measured values. This parameter does not affect the measured values for the protection. If the changing of a value is below the deadband limit (parameter [0074], see chapter 5) the average builder will plane the value (Exception: On the current meters page the column “average” is build always even if the value is higher than the deadband limit). 0112. Check control access

:

•

“OFF”:

free breaker control over the front panel

•

“ON”:

password protected breaker control over the front panel

0113. BREAKER 1 -ON feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “ON” feedback 0114.

-OFF feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “OFF” feedback

0115.

- ON−>OFF control event : Control event of the ON −> OFF switching cycle of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0116.

- OFF−>ON control event : Control event of the OFF −> ON switching cycle of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0117.

- IN feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “IN” position feedback

- 16/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0118.

- OUT feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “OUT” position feedback

0119.

- OUT−>IN control event : Control event of the OUT −> IN position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0120.

- IN−>OUT control event : Control event of the IN −> OUT position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0121.

- EARTH ON feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “EARTH ON” position feedback

0122.

- EARTH OFF feedback : Assignment of the belonging function input of the breaker no. 1; “EARTH OFF” position feedback

0123.

- EARTH−>OFF ctrl. event : Control event of the EARTH −> OFF position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0124.

- OFF->EARTH ctrl. event : Control event of the OFF −> EARTH position; movement of breaker no. 1; is activated by “Breaker control” and “Interlock diagrams” (see chapter 2.9).

0125.

- ctrl. time (fail ev.) : Setting of supervision time (control time) of the maximum operation time of a switching cycle or position movement of breaker 1; if the breaker does not reach the desired position within this time event [0125] will become active (until ACK). Use this event to trigger an alarm for an error message.

0126. BREAKER 2 -ON feedback : to 0138. - ctrl. Time (fail ev.) : See description of Breaker 1 (events [0113] to [0125]) 0139. BREAKER 3 -ON feedback : to 0151. - ctrl. Time (fail ev.) : See description of Breaker 1 (events [0113] to [0125]) 0152. COUNTER - Working hours : Setting of the counter of working hours. The counter is active if a Gen. frequency is detected. The counter is also active if parameter [1930] is enabled and the CB is closed (see ANSI - CW Contact wear measurement). 0153.

- cycle limit : The limit is enabled if P[0153] is greater zero. Event E[0153] will be activate for one impulse if the internal counter reaches the limit of P[0153]. Than the internal counter will be reset to zero and the counting starts again. The internal counter is stored nonvolatile.

0154.

- Active power (fwd) P+ : Setting of the counter of active power (forward) Pw+ in kWh

®

SYMAP


- 17/208 -

Service Manual

0155.

- Active power (rev) P: Setting of the counter of active power (reverse) Pw- in kWh

0156. - React. Power (cap) Q+ : Setting of the counter of reactive power (capacitive) Pq+ in kvarh 0157.

- React. Power (ind) Q: Setting of the counter of reactive power (inductive) Pq- in kvarh

0158.

- Breaker 1 ON cycles : Setting of the cycle counter of disconnecting switch no. 1

0159.

- EARTH cycles : Setting of the cycle counter of the earth switch no. 1

0160.


0161.

- EARTH cycles : Setting of the cycle counter of the earth switch no. 2

0162.


0163.

- Breaker 1 ON max.cyc. : Setting of maximum cycles of disconnecting switch no. 1 before next inspection

0164.

- EARTH max.cyc. : Setting of maximum cycles of earthing switch no. 1 before next inspection

0165.


0166.

- EARTH max.cyc. : Setting of maximum cycles of earthing switch no. 2 before next inspection

0167.


0168.

- kWh-pulses (P+) : Selection if the kWh-pulse function is switched “ON” or “OFF”

0169.

- kWh/pulse Setting of kWh per counter pulse

0170.

- pulse duration : Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0170] to drive an binary output.

0171.

CB CLOSED (Net) feedback : This parameter is usable only for the PM (Device Type G). If this parameter is set and the setted event is active the device has the status “CB CLOSED” (independent of the selected graphic). The “CB” status depends on the graphic if parameter [0171] is not set.

:

0172. REMOTE ACK : Assignment of the belonging function input of the remote acknowledgement. 0173. Switch op.mode (loc/rem) : Assignment of the belonging function input of the local/remote mode switch - 18/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0174. (P-) - kWh/pulse : Setting of kWh (revers active power) per counter pulse (zero means deactive) 0175.

- pulse duration : Setting of the pulse duration; use the event [0175] to drive a binary output

0176. (Q+) - kvarh/pulse : Setting of kvarh reactive power (capacitive) per counter pulse (zero means deactive) 0177.


0178. (Q-) - kvarh/pulse : Setting of kvarh reactive power (inductive) per counter pulse (zero means deactive) 0179.


2480. Block ACK-key by event : Blocks the ACK-key if the event is active (except the reset of the beeper) 2481. Switch OFF LCD/LEDs by : Disables all LEDs and LCD Backlight if the event is active. 2482. Working hours limit 1 : 2483. Working hours limit 2 : If the working hours counter [0152] reaches these limits, the event numbers [2482] or [2483] are getting active. The events will than remain active. The limits are disabled if the parameters are set to zero.

®

SYMAP


- 19/208 -

Service Manual

2.3

Nominal Ratio Values

With the nominal ratio values the user can select the different external transformer types (see figures 2-10 to 2-12). NOMINAL RATIO VALUES 0200. 0201. 0202. 0203. 0204. 0205. 0206. 0207. 0208. 0209. 0210. 0211.

NOMINAL RATED – Current: – Voltage: - Power : – Frequency: CT Feeder –primary side: PT Feeder –primary side: –secondary side: PT BUS1 –primary side: –secondary side: PT BUS2 –primary side: –secondary side: PT GND1 –primary side: BACK

Figure 2-10

Setting range: 1000 25400 35195 60 1000 25400 100 25400 100 25400 100 25400

A V kW Hz A V V V V V V V

↓

Nominal Ratio Values-1

–secondary side: –primary side: –secondary side: CT GND1 -primary side: –secondary side: CT GND2 -primary side: –secondary side: CT DIFF -primary side: Transf. winding ratio : Uaux nominal input : Shunt#1 nominal input : Shunt#2 nominal input : CT DIFF2 - primary side: PT GND2

BACK Figure 2-11

- 20/208 -

A V kW Hz A V V V V V V V

EXIT

NOMINAL RATIO VALUES 0212. 0213. 0214. 0215. 0216. 0217. 0218. 0219. 0220. 0221. 0222. 0223. 0224.

0-65535 0-999999 0-999999 50/60 0-65535 0-999999 0-65535 0-999999 0-65535 0-999999 0-65535 0-999999

↑

100 V 0 V 0 V 1000 A 5 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 1.00 110Vac 110Vac 110Vac 0 A ↓

Setting range: 0-65535 V 0-999999 V 0-65535 V 0-65535 A 0-65535 A 0-65535 A 0-65535 A 0-65535 A 0.01-99.99 24 Vdc-230 24 Vdc-230 24 Vdc-230 0-65535 A

Wprim/Wsec Vac Vac Vac

EXIT



®

SYMAP

Service Manual

NOMINAL RATIO VALUES 0225. Transf. winding 2 ratio: 2460.NOM.SETTING - selector 1: 2461. - selector 2: 2462.NOM.SETTING 2 - current : 2463. - voltage : 2464. - power : 2465. - freq. : 2466.NOM.SETTING 3 - current : 2467. - voltage : 2468. - power : 2469. - freq. : 2470.NOM.SETTING 4 - current : 2471. - voltage : 2472. - power : 2473. - freq. : BACK Figure 2-12

1.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

↑ ev. ev. A V kW Hz A V kW Hz A V kW Hz

Setting range: 0.01-99.99 Wprim/Wsec 0-9999 Event number 0-9999 Event number 0-65000 A 0-65000 V 0-65000 kW 0-80 Hz 0-65000 A 0-65000 V 0-65000 kW 0-80 Hz 0-65000 A 0-65000 V 0-65000 kW 0-80 Hz

EXIT


Parameter description: 0200. NOMINAL RATED - Current : Setting of the nominal rated current of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer primary side 0201.

- Voltage : Setting of the nominal rated voltage of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer primary side

0202.

- Power : Setting of the nominal rated active power of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer primary side

0203.

- Frequency : Setting of the nominal rated frequency of the feeder, generator, motor or transformer

0204. CT Feeder - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the feeder current measuring current transformer (CT) 0205. PT Feeder - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the feeder voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT) NOTE: Event [0205] is activated if a negative sequence of the feeder voltage is detected. This supervision is always active. 0206.

- secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the feeder voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)

®

SYMAP


- 21/208 -

Service Manual

0207.PT BUS1 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the BUS1 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT) NOTE: Event [0207] is activated if a negative sequence of the BUS1 voltage is detected. This supervision is always active. 0208.

- secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the BUS1 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)

0209. PT BUS2 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the BUS2 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT) NOTE: Event [0209] is activated if a negative sequence of the BUS2 voltage is detected. This supervision is always active. 0210.

- secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the BUS2 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)

0211. PT GND1 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the ground #1 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT) 0212.

- secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the ground #1 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)

0213. PT GND2 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the primary side of the ground #2 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT) 0214.

- secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated voltage from the secondary side of the ground #2 voltage measuring voltage transformer (PT)

0215. CT GND1 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the ground #1 current measuring current transformer (CT) 0216.

- secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the secondary side of the ground #1 current measuring current transformer (CT)

0217. CT GND2 - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the ground #2 current measuring current transformer (CT) 0218.

- secondary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the secondary side of the ground #2 current measuring current transformer (CT)

0219. CT DIFF - primary side : Setting of the nominal rated current from the primary side of the differential current measuring current transformer (CT)

- 22/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0220. Transf. winding ratio : In case of transformer differential protection, the winding ratio of the transformer (W Primary/W Secondary) must be adjusted. Both by the “Step Down Trafo” and by the “Step Up Trafo” the winding ratio is defined as W Primary/W Secondary. This corresponds by “Step Down Trafo” the transmision ratio (primaryvoltage/lowvoltage) of the transformer. With the „Step Up Trafo“ is however the winding ratio (W Primary/WSecondary) the reciprocal value of the transmision ratio primaryvoltage/lowvoltage. From this a small number with many right-ofcomma positions can result. Since the parameter [0220] of SYMAP® permits only two rightof-comma positions, if necessary, you must set the parameter [0220] on “1” and count this value into the parameter [0219]. 0221. Uaux nominal input : Setting of nominal rated voltage of the power supply of the device 0222. Shunt #1 nominal input : Setting of nominal rated voltage of the shunt #1 trip circuit 0223. Shunt #2 nominal input : Setting of nominal rated voltage of the shunt #1 trip circuit 0224. CT DIFF2 - primary side : 0225. Transf. winding 2 ratio : 2460. NOM.SETTING - selector 1 : 2461. - selector 2 : These parameters support the selection of up to 3 additional settings for the nominal current, voltage, power and frequency. If the selection has changed (parameters [2460] and [2461]) the device will reboot with the new nominals. Display on the main page (Setting No. (N#), In (A), Pn (kW), Un (V) and fn (Hz)) if the parameters [2460] and [2461] are set to a value greater zero. Table 2-1

Nominal settings selectors

Nominal Settings Selectors Selector [2460]

[2461]

Nominal setting

inactive active inactive active

inactive inactive active active

1 2 3 4

Valid nominal parameters Current

Voltage

Power

Frequency

[0200] [2462] [2466] [2470]

[0201] [2463] [2467] [2471]

[0202] [2464] [2468] [2472]

[0203] [2465] [2469] [2473]

2462. NOM.SETTING 2 - current : to 2473. NOM.SETTING 4 – freq : The nominals (I, U, P, f) must be within the setting range of 10-65000. Freqency range: 40-80 The ranges are also valid for the parameters [0200] to [0203]. The limit parameters [0678], [0682], [0683], [0907], [0947], [0948], [0954] and [0955] will be adapt internally in reference to parameter [0203] and the new selected nominal frequency.

®

SYMAP


- 23/208 -

Service Manual

2.4

Communication

SYMAP® provides five communication ports. The RS232 port on the front panel is always available. Use it to upload the firmware or to communicate with the SYMAP® PC-tools. The other ports are on the backside, and they are programmable by the user with the parameters shown on Figures 2-13 and 2-14. Please note that the PROFIBUS and CANBUS ports are optional. Refer to the order list for detailed information. COMMUNICATION PARAMETER

Setting range:

0300. SERIAL PORT 1 (ASC1) : OFF 0301. – address : 0 0302. – baud rate : 57600 Bd 0303. – protocol : PC TOOLS 0304. PROFIBUS - com.port : OFF 0305. – address : 0 0306. – first byte : LOW 0307. – application : none 0308. CAN 1 - com. port : OFF 0309. – number of nodes: 2 0310. – identifier : 01 0311. – identifier size: standard 0312. – baud rate :1000.0 kBd ↓ BACK EXIT Figure 2-13

Communication parameters-1

COMMUNICATION PARAMETER 0313. – autom.id. scan 0314. CAN 2 - com. port 0315. – number of nodes 0316. – identifier 0317. – identifier size 0318. – baud rate 0319. – application 0320. – MDEC override 0321. reserved 0322. SERIAL PORT 2 (ASC2) 0323. – address 0324. – baud rate 0325.Tel.No.– leading zeros 0326. – Tel.No. part 1 0327. – Tel.No. part 2 BACK Figure 2-14

- 24/208 -

OFF/RS485/RS422/MODEM 0-255 9600/19200/38400/57600/62500 PC TOOLS/MODBUS/KUHSE/REMOTE OFF/ON 0-125 LOW/HIGH none ON/OFF 1-14 1-14 standard/extended 15.6 kBd-1000.0kBd

Setting range: ↑

: OFF : ON : 1 : 1 : standard : 125.0 kBd :MDEC303 V1 : 0 : : OFF : 0 : 625000 Bd : 0 : 0 : 0

OFF/ON OFF/ON 1-32 0-65535 standard/extended 15.6 kBd-1000.0 kBd none,MDEC303all,...,CANopen,ADEC 0-9999 OFF/ON 0-65535 9600-625000 Bd

EXIT



®

SYMAP

Service Manual

COMMUNICATION PARAMETER 0328. 0329. 0330. 0331. 0332. 0333. 0334. 0335. 0336. 0337. 0338. 0339. 0340. 0341. 0342. 0343.

IEC 61850 Communication: - IP address part 1 (L): - IP address part 2 : - IP address part 3 : - IP address part 4 (R): - Gateway address part1: - Gateway address part2: - Gateway address part3: - Gateway address part4: Time synchron. (SNTP) : - Daylight saving time : - Local time zone : - Server address part 1: - Server address part 2: - Server address part 3: - Server address part 4: BACK

Figure 2-15

Setting range: ON 192 168 2 120 192 168 2 1 ON ON + 1 h 64 183 56 58

↑

OFF/ON 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255 OFF/ON OFF/ON -23 - +23 0-255 0-255 0-255 0-255

EXIT


Parameter description: 0300.SERIAL PORT 1 (ASC1) : Setting of the physical layer for this communication port; use the Terminals 26 (-) and 27 (+) of plug X2.2 for the RS485 communication. For RS422 use the Terminals 26 (RxD -), 27 (RxD +), 28 (TxD -) and 29 (TxD+) of the same plug. If you do not want to use one of these communications set this parameter to “OFF”. 0301.

- address : Setting of the communication address of this device for RS 422/485

0302.

- baudrate : Selection of the transmission speed for RS232/422/485; if there are some problems with the communication it may be useful to lower the speed.

0303.

- protocol : Selection of the protocol type; table 2-2 shows the possible applications the device provides. For more details, please see Appendix A1. Table 2-2

Parameter [0303]

Description

PC TOOLS MODBUS KUHSE REMOTE 60870-103 BlueVis.1 BlueVis.2

for the HIMAP-BCG-tools for communication with a main control unit special protocol for communication between two HIMAP-BCG devices for the IEC 60870-5-103 protocol Special protocol for MTU’s Blue Vision interface (version 1) Special protocol for MTU’s Blue Vision interface (version 2)

®

SYMAP

Available protocols


- 25/208 -

Service Manual

0304.PROFIBUS - com. port : ON/OFF switch for the PROFIBUS port; the standard PROFIBUS DP V1 is fulfilled. The parameters [0304] to [0307] work only with this communication port. NOTE: Event [0304] is active if the device is exchanging data with the master. 0305.

- address : Setting of the communication address of this device for PROFIBUS communication; make sure that there is only one specific address in the communication.

0306.

-first byte : Selection of the transmission sequence of a word (16 bit = 2 bytes) or of a long word (32 bit = 4 bytes); choose “HIGH” to transmit the high byte first or choose “LOW” to transmit the low byte first.

0307.

- application Reserved for special applications

:

0308. CAN1 - com. port : ON/OFF switch for the CANBUS1 port; the parameters [0308] to [0313] work only with this first CAN-communication port. NOTE: If devices are connected over the CANBUS1 they will synchronize their RTCs (real time clocks) automatically. In this case, the RTC of the node with the smallest CAN-Identifier (parameter [0310]) is the reference for all other RTCs (extended board setting: see Users manual, chapter 1.8). 0309.

- number of nodes : This parameter shows the number of devices connected to the CAN-communication. If there are less nodes than this number detected on the CANBUS1 system failure [3019] (“CAN1 node error”) will be activated. NOTE: An extension board is not a node in this sense.

0310.

- identifier : Setting of the communication identifier of this device for CAN-communication. Make sure that there is only one specific main device identifier in the communication. For the communication to the extension board CMA216 and CMA218, you must use this same identifier setting also for the extension board.

0311.

- identifier size : Selection of the identifier format; choose “standard” for the 11 bit identifier; or choose “extended” for the 29 bit identifier.

0312.

- baud rate : Selection of the transmission speed for CAN-communication; if there are some problems with the communication it may be useful to lower the speed.

0313.

- autom. id. scan : The automatic allocation of the identifiers over the CANBUS1 can be enabled with this parameter. In that case the system failures [3008], [3019] and [3043] are disabled, and on the Main page “CAN: number of devices” is displayed instead of “NET” (Device type G). The system will reorganize the identifiers (starting with “1”) if more than one device with the same identifier parameter [0310] are detected on the CANBUS1. The allocation process takes around 15 sec. During this process the PM is idle and the “number of devices”display is blinking.

- 26/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0314. CAN2 - com. port : ON/OFF switch for the CANBUS2 port; the parameters [0314] to [0319] work only with this second CAN-communication port. 0315.

- number of nodes : This parameter shows the number of devices connected to the CAN-communication.

0316.

- identifier : Setting of the communication identifier of this device for CAN-communication; make sure that there is only one specific identifier in the communication.

0317.

- identifier size : Selection of the identifier format; choose “standard” for the 11 bit identifier or choose “extended” for the 29 bit identifier.

0318.

- baud rate : Selection of the transmission speed for CAN-communication; if there are some problems with the communication it may be useful to lower the speed.

0319.

- application : This parameter defines the application of the second CANBUS-port. Table 2-3 shows the possible applications the device provides. Table 2-3

Application of the second CANBUS-port

Parameter [0319]

Description

none MDEC303 all

CANBUS2-port switched off Special communication protocol for MDEC controller (MTU); if MDEC application is in use then the baud rate of 125 kbaud will be set internally, as well as the identifier, 6, and the identifier size, standard. In version “V1” only the most important data will be displayed. With option “all”, all data of the protocol will be shown on LCD. For the CANopen protocol (refer to Appendix A1) Special communication protocol for ADEC controller (MTU).

MDEC303 V1 CANopen ADEC

0320.

- MDEC override :] Only for CANBUS2 application: MDEC 303 If the set event number is active the MDEC function “override” also becomes active. NOTE: This means that the MTU-diesel will NOT stop if any engine trouble occurs.

[0322. SERIAL PORT 2 (ASC2) :] This port is only available for special differential protection applications. [0323.

- address :] Setting of the communication address of this device

[0324.

- baud rate Selection of the transmission speed

:]

[0325. Tel.No. - leading zeros :] [0326. - Tel.No. part 1 :] [0327. - Tel.No. part 2 :] These parameters are used for special modem applications.

®

SYMAP


- 27/208 -

Service Manual

[0328. IEC 61850 Communication : The SYMAP® IEC61850 interface can be activated with parameter [P0328]. As soon as a link with the IEC 61850 client has established, the event [E0328] is being activated. CAUTION: The serial channel is blocked if parameter [P0328] is enabled (so [P0328] must be disabled before up/downloading with the Parameter-Tool). NOTE: The SYMAP® device consists of 20 “Logical Nodes” and 8 “Unbuffered Report Control Blocks”. “DataSets” can be freely defined. All the “DataModels” can be viewed in the SCL-file: “Symap IEC61850 Server.icd”. 0329. 0330. 0331. 0332.

- IP address part 1(L) : - IP address part 2 : - IP address part 3 : - IP address part 4(R) : The parameters [P0329] to [P0332] are used for setting the IP-address of the SYMAP® device. As soon as a Physical Ethernet Link has established, the event [E0329] is being activated.

0333. 0334. 0335. 0336.

- Gateway address part 1 : - Gateway address part 2 : - Gateway address part 3 : - Gateway address part 4 : These parameters are used for setting the Router-address of the gateway.

0337. Time synchron. (SNTP) : Time synchronization via SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) can be activated by parameter [P0337]. 0338. - Daylight saving time : Parameter [P0338] enables the automatic “Daylight saving time” switch (+1 hour between 1:00 UTC on last Sunday in March and 1:00 UTC on last Sunday in October). 0339. - Local time zone : With parameter [P0339] the local time zone can be adjusted (±12 hours offset to UTC (GMT)). 0339. 0340. 0341. 0342.

- Server address part 1 : - Server address part 2 : - Server address part 3 : - Server address part 4 : The time server IP-address can be set by parameters [P0340] to [P0343]. An Internet connection and a router (see parameters [P0333] to [P0336]) must exist in order to get in connection with an Internet time server. The Symap operates as a client sending periodically requests to the time server (512 sec polling interval). The SYMAP® device accepts also SNTP-Broadcast messages via Local Broadcast or Multicast from a local time server (SCADA Systems). In that case parameters [P0340] to [P0343] can be set all to zero, the SYMAP® device will not send any requests. NOTE: There is a timesync counter (only successfull messages are counted) on the status display page. Please press ENTER – DISPLAY – IEC61850 to invoke the counter.

- 28/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.5

Analog Inputs

Within the main device, there are four analog inputs available. The selection of two physical standards and many measuring types is possible. In combination with an external board, the number of function inputs can be extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 21 analog inputs PT 100 or analog inputs 420 mA channels. Figure 2-15 shows an example of the parameter setting for analog input 1. With the change of the measuring type, the unit of the measuring input will be adapted. Thus the unit of the following parameter will be changed automatically. The settings for the other analog inputs are the same with the exception of the parameter/event numbers. The parameter/event numbers for the other analog inputs are listed at the end of this chapter. ANALOG INPUT – Select:

0400. 0401. 0402. 0403.

01

CURRENT INPUT 1 -X2.4/54,55 - Function : 0-20 - Measuring type[unit]: mA - Full scale : 0.0 - Zero scale : 0.0 – 1.Limit : 0.0 - 1.Limit high/low : LOW – 1.Limit delay time : 0.0 – 2.Limit : 0.0 - 2.Limit high/low : LOW – 2.Limit delay time : 0.0 - Hysteresis : 5.0 BACK

Figure 2-16

Setting range:

mA mA mA mA sec mA sec %

OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA/0-10 V see Table 2-4 mA 0.0-999.9 mA 0.0-999.9 mA 0.0-999.9 mA LOW/HIGH 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 mA LOW/HIGH 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 %

EXIT

Analog Input “01”

Parameter description: CURRENT INPUT 1 -X2.4/54, 55 : Name of the analog input with plug number and terminal numbers - Function : Selection of the physical standard for this special input - Measuring type : This parameter defines the setting of the measuring type or the measuring unit. Table 2-4 shows all possible selections.

®

SYMAP


- 29/208 -

Service Manual Table 2-4

Measuring types for analogous Inputs

Setting

Description

mA B1-Gas (bar) B1-Gas (g/l) B2-Gas (bar) B2-Gas (g/l) S1-Gas (bar) S1-Gas (g/l) S2-Gas (bar) S2-Gas (g/l) Gas (bar) Gas (g/l) Temp. (C) Temp. (F)

The unit of the input is mA

Load (%)

RPM (%) Fuel (l) 3 Fuel (m ) Voltage (V) Percent (%) Bar CUR-OUT 1 CUR-OUT 2 CUR-OUT 3 CUR-OUT 4

Special application for GIS (NOTE: for this application the parameter “function” must be set to: 4-20 mA) The unit of the input is °C The unit of the input is Fahrenheit The input can be used in combination with the asymmetric load controller ® (SYMAP -XG/-BCG only). If parameter [0935] (analog input) is set, the measured value is the setpoint (actual value) for the asymmetric load controller. With the help of the full and zero scale adjustment, the range can be limited ® The input can be used as a tacho input (SYMAP -XG/-BCG only). If parameter [0265] (see chapter 2.10.9) is set the measured value will be taken as a speed signal The unit of the input is liter 3 The unit of the input is m The unit of this input is V Can be used for any measuring The unit of the input is bar With this types, the analog outputs can be feed back to the analog inputs in order to use the limit events of the analog inputs (The unit for this types are mA).

- Full scale Adjustment of the full scale point (20 mA = ?)

:

- Zero scale : Adjustment of the zero scale point (0 or 4 mA = ?) 0400. -.1. Limit : Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or lower than this limit event [0400] will be set. - 1. Limit high/low : Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0400]; in case of high limit, the actual measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0400]. In case of low limit, the actual value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event. 0401. - 1. Limit delay time : If event [0400] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0401] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0400]. Please use this parameter for the alarm controller. 0402. - 2. Limit : Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or lower than this limit event [0402] will be set.

- 30/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

- 2. Limit high/low : Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0402]; in case of high limit, the actual measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0402]. In case of low limit, the actual value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event. 0403. - 2. Limit delay time : If event [0402] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0403] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0402]. Please use this parameter for the alarm controller. - Hysteresis Setting of the hysteresis for both limits Table 2-5

Event numbers for the current inputs

Number of analogue input Analogue input 1 (4-20 mA) Analogue input 2 (4-20 mA) Analogue input 3 (4-20 mA) Analogue input 4 (4-20 mA)

®

SYMAP

:

Event number 1. Limit [0400] [0404] [0408] [0412]

Event number 1. Limit delay time [0401] [0405] [0409] [0413]


Event number 2. Limit [0402] [0406] [0410] [0414]

Event number 2. Limit delay time [0403] [0407] [0411] [0415]

- 31/208 -

Service Manual

2.5.1 PT100 Inputs The following temperature measuring inputs (see figure 2-17) are only available with the listed extension boards (see table 2-6) (with the main device there are no PT100 inputs). Table 2-6

Connectors for temperature measuring inputs

Number of analogue input

CMA210 connectors (16 PT100 inputs)

CMA211 connectors (5 PT100 inputs)

05 (PT100-1) 06 (PT100-2) 07 (PT100-3) 08 (PT100-4) 09 (PT100-5) 10 (PT100-6) 11 (PT100-7) 12 (PT100-8) 13 (PT100-9) 14 (PT100-10) 15 (PT100-11) 16 (PT100-12) 17 (PT100-13) 18 (PT100-14) 19 (PT100-15) 20 (PT100-16)

-X40: 1, 2, 3 -X40: 4, 5, 6 -X40: 7, 8, 9 -X40: 10, 11, 12 -X40: 13, 14, 15 -X40: 16, 17, 18 -X40: 19, 20, 21 -X41: 25, 26, 27 -X41: 28, 29, 30 -X41: 31, 32, 33 -X41: 34, 35, 36 -X41: 37, 38, 39 -X41: 40, 41, 42 -X41: 43, 44, 45 -X41: 46,47, 48 -X41: 49, 50, 51

-X44: 48, 49, 50 -X44: 51, 52, 53 -X44: 54, 55, 56 -X44: 57, 58, 59 -X44: 60, 61, 62 not available not available not available not available not available not available not available not available not available not available not available

The description shows an example of the parameter setting for PT100-1. The settings for the other temperature measuring inputs are the same with the exception of the parameter/event numbers. ANALOG INPUT – Select:

0416. 0417. 0418. 0419.

05

PT100- 1 ext.board –X40/1,2,3 - Function : OFF - Measuring type[unit]: PT100 [C] - Full scale : 320.0 C - Zero scale : - 40.0 C – 1.Limit : + 0.0 C - 1.Limit high/low : LOW – 1.Limit delay time : 0.0 sec – 2.Limit : + 0.0 C - 2.Limit high/low : LOW – 2.Limit delay time : 0.0 sec - Hysteresis : 5.0 % ZURÜCK

Figure 2-17

Setting range:

OFF/ON PT100 0.0°C-999.9°C -999.9°C to +999.9°C -999.9°C to +999.9°C LOW/HIGH 0.0-999.9 sec -999.9°C to +999.9°C LOW/HIGH 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-99.9 %

ENDE

Analog Input “05”

Parameter description: PT100-1 ext.board -X40/1, 2, 3 : Name of the analogous input with plug number and terminal numbers - Function : Selection of using this special input (ON/OFF switch) - Measuring type : Setting of the physical sensor (Up to now only PT100 possible) - 32/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

- Full scale : Adjustment of the full scale point (for calibration only); the range of the input is depending on the hardware and not changeable with this parameter; for other ranges please contact the manufacturer. - Zero scale : Adjustment of the zero scale point (for calibration only); the range of the input is depending on the hardware and not changeable with this parameter. 0416. - 1. Limit : Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or lower than this limit event [0416] will be set. - 1. Limit high/low : Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0416]; in case of high limit, the actual measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0416]. In case of low limit, the actual value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event. 0417. - 1. Limit delay time : If event [0416] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0417] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0416]. Please use this parameter for the alarm controller. 0418. - 2. Limit : Setting of the first limit event of this analog input; if the actual measured value is higher or lower than this limit, event [0418] will be set. - 2. Limit high/low : Selection of high or low level limit for parameter [0418]; in case of high limit, the actual measured value has to exceed the limit of parameter [0418]. In case of low limit, the actual value has to fall below the limit to set the corresponding event. 0419. - 2. Limit delay time : If event [0418] is active and this delay time is passed the event [0419] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0418]. Please use this parameter for the alarm controller. - Hysteresis Setting of the hysteresis for both limits

®

SYMAP

:


- 33/208 -


Event numbers for the temperature measuring inputs

Number of analogue input 05 (PT100-1) 06 (PT100-2) 07 (PT100-3) 08 (PT100-4) 09 (PT100-5) 10 (PT100-6) 11 (PT100-7) 12 (PT100-8) 13 (PT100-9) 14 (PT100-10) 15 (PT100-11) 16 (PT100-12) 17 (PT100-13) 18 (PT100-14) 19 (PT100-15) 20 (PT100-16)

- 34/208 -

Event number 1. Limit

Event number 1. Limit delay time

Event number 2. Limit

Event number 2. Limit delay time

[0416] [0420] [0424] [0428] [0432] [0436] [0440] [0444] [0448] [0452] [0456] [0460] [0464] [0468] [0472] [0476]

[0417] [0421] [0425] [0429] [0433] [0437] [0441] [0445] [0449] [0453] [0457] [0461] [0465] [0469] [0473] [0477]

[0418] [0422] [0426] [0430] [0434] [0438] [0442] [0446] [0450] [0454] [0458] [0462] [0466] [0470] [0474] [0478]

[0419] [0423] [0427] [0431] [0435] [0439] [0443] [0447] [0451] [0455] [0459] [0463] [0467] [0471] [0475] [0479]


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.6

Binary Inputs

SYMAP® provides with its basic unit 14 function inputs for user defined applications (see figure 218 and table 2-8). In combination with an external board, the number of function inputs can be extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 36 digital inputs channels. BINARY INPUT EVENT – Select:

500

Setting range:

FUNC.10 INPUT –X2.3/30 0500. 0501.

– Condition : NORM.OPEN – Time delay: 0.0 sec

* 0.0-6000.0 sec

*NORM.OPEN/NORM.CLSD/ N.O. + W.F/N.C. + W.F/ N.O. + INV/N.C. + INV

BACK Figure 2-18

EXIT

Binary Inputs-1

Parameter description: - Select Selects an binary input 0500.

:

- Condition : Condition of the input; if the input is active event [0500] will be set. Conditions: •

“NORM.OPEN”: The input is normally open.

•

“NORM.CLSD”: The input is normally closed.

•

“N.O. + W.F.”:

The input is normally open and the wirefault supervision is active.

•

“N.C. + W.F.”:

The input is normally closed and the wirefault supervision is active.

NOTE: The wirefault supervision is only available for the function inputs 10-23. Every input has a unique wirefault event number ([3321] to [3334]). These events can be used for alarming. Refer to table 2-8. •

“N.O. + INV.”:

The input is normally open and the inverted event is released.

•

“N.C. + INV.”:

The input is normally closed and the inverted event is released.

NOTE: Only the after delay event will be inverted. Every input has a unique “Binary inputs inverted after delay event” ([3501] to [3599]). Refer to the event list in the Appendix A2. 0501.

- Time delay : If the input is active and the delay is passed event [0501] will be set.

®

SYMAP


- 35/208 -

Service Manual

Table 2-8 shows the function inputs of the basic unit which can be used. All function inputs have the same parameters with exception of the event and terminal numbers. Table 2-8

Function inputs

Function Input

Eventnumber

Event number after delay

Wire fault Event number

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

[0500] [0502] [0504] [0506] [0508] [0510] [0512] [0514] [0516] [0518] [0520] [0522] [0524] [0526]

[0501] [0503] [0505] [0507] [0509] [0511] [0513] [0515] [0517] [0519] [0521] [0523] [0525] [0527]

[3321] [3322] [3323] [3324] [3325] [3326] [3327] [3328] [3329] [3330] [3331] [3332] [3333] [3334]

- 36/208 -


Plug/Terminal X2.3/30 X2.3/31 X2.3/32 X2.3/33 X2.3/34 X2.3/35 X2.3/36 X2.3/37 X2.3/38 X2.3/39 X2.3/40 X2.3/41 X2.3/42 X2.3/43

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.6.1 Wire fault alarm The binary inputs of the SYMAP®-family are equipped with a wire fault protection. So the user have the possibility to supervise the operatability of safety applications. Parameter description: 0055. - BIN.-inputs W.F.-limit : Limit of the wire fault event; remain the level of the binary input under this level, the related wire fault event is active (see table 2-8). Default setting: 20 LSB 0076. - BIN.- input low-limit : Upper limit of the input low level; default setting: 150 LSB 0077. - BIN.- input high-limit : Lower limit of the input high level; default setting: 180 LSB These parameters could only be changed with the parametertool under EXTRAS/SPECIAL PARAMETER. Structure of the wire fault alarm: For a proper working a resistor (10 kΩ) must be installed close to the switching contact of the supervised line (see figure 2-26). Voltage level (binary inputs)

LSB (ADC) 255 LSB

24 V

–X2.3/45 (+24 V) -K1 closed

10 kΩ

Symap®

- K1

17 V

180 LSB Parameter [0077]

14 V


-K1 open

–X2.3/30 -43 (binary input)


2V Wire fault 0V

Figure 2-19

0 LSB

Structure and voltage level of the wire fault alarm

Functional description: There is a current conduction through the resistor even when the contact –K1 is open which turned out a voltage level of approx. 3 V to 4 V (30 LSB to 40 LSB) at the binary input. Regarding to the shown parameter settings, this is recognized as a LOW input level. If there is a wire fault at any part of the line the voltage break down and the related wire fault events (common event [3320] and [33xx]) get active. On the other hand, if the contact –K1 close there is a bypass to the resistor and the input is recognized as HIGH.

®

SYMAP


- 37/208 -

Service Manual

2.7

Analogous Outputs

The basic unit of SYMAP® provides four analogous outputs. For each output, parameters for the function, the physical range and calibration are available (see figures 2-27 and 2-28). In combination with an external board, the number of function outputs can be extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 8 analogous outputs 4-20 mA channels. ANALOGOUS OUTPUTS 0600. CUR-OUT 1 0601. 0602. 0603. 0604. 0605. CUR-OUT 2 0606. 0607. 0608. 0609. 0610. CUR-OUT 3 0611.

Figure 2-20

– – – – – – – – – – –

Setting range:

function : U12-VOLT. range : 4-20 mA zero scale:+ 0.0 % full scale: 100.0 % adjust : 100.0 % function : U-average range : 4-20 mA zero scale:+ 0.0 % full scale: 100.0 % adjust : 100.0 % function :I1-current range : 4-20 mA ↓ BACK EXIT

Analogous Outputs-1

Setting range:

ANALOGOUS OUTPUTS 0612. 0613. 0614. 0615. CUR-OUT 4 0616. 0617. 0618. 0619.

– – – – –

↑

zero scale:+ 0.0 % full scale: 100.0 % adjust : 100.0 % function :I-GND1-cur range : 4-20 mA zero scale:+ 0.0 % full scale: 100.0 % adjust : 100.0 %

BACK Figure 2-21

See table 2-9 OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % See table 2-9 OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % See table 2-9 OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA

0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % See table 2-9 OFF/0-20 mA/4-20 mA 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 %

EXIT

Analogous Outputs-2

The analogous outputs can be used to convert measuring and processed values to analogous outputs such as 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA. Table 2-9 shows the selection possibilities of analogous output function parameters ([0600], [0605], [0610] and [0615]).

- 38/208 -


®

SYMAP


Selection possibilities of analogous output function parameters

Function

Description

OFF I1-current I2-current I3-current I-average U12-Volt U23-Volt U31-Volt U-average U-BUS1 av. U-BUS2 av.

The output is disabled Actual current of phase 1 Actual current of phase 2 Actual current of phase 3 Average current of phase 1-3 Line voltage U1 to U2 Line voltage U2 to U3 Line voltage U3 to U1 Average voltage of all line voltages Average BUS1 voltage of all line voltages Average BUS2 voltage of all line voltages The value can be set with the “Adjust” (0-100.0% -> 0-20mA). The “Zero scale” must be set to 0.0%, the “Full scale” must be set to 100.0% and the Range to 0-20mA. Ground current 1 Ground current 2

Constant I-GND1-Cur I-GND2-Cur Reserved UGND1-Volt. UGND2-Volt Pw Pq Net load SPIreserve Pw-GND1 Pw-GND2 Frequency BUS1-Freq. BUS2-Freq PF pow.fac. U1-Volt U2-Volt U3-Volt Speed ctrl Volt. ctrl MTU speed MTU inject MTU T-lube MTU T-cool MTU T-air MTU T-fuel MTU T-intc MTU P-lube MTU P-air MTU P-fuel MTU Prfuel Speed rpm LSsetpoint CAN1 - I CAN1 - U CAN1 - P CAN1 - f CAN2 - I CAN2 - U CAN2 - P CAN2 - f CAN3 - I CAN3 - U CAN3 - P CAN3 - f CAN4 - I CAN4 - U CAN4 - P CAN4 - f ®

SYMAP

Ground voltage 1 Ground voltage 2 Active power Reactive power Type XG/BCG only: relative net power Type XG/BCG only: the relative net spinning reserve Active ground power of Ignd1 and Ugnd1 Active ground power of Ignd2 and Ugnd2 Frequency of feeder system Frequency of BUS1 system Frequency of BUS2 system Power factor of feeder system Voltage U1 to ground Voltage U2 to ground Voltage U3 to ground Type XG/BCG only: corresponds to ANSI 15 - speed matching device Type XG/BCG only: corresponds to ANSI 15 - voltage matching device MDEC speed (nominal = 3000 rpm) MDEC injection quantity (nominal = 100%) MDEC Temperature lube oil (nominal = 100 °C) MDEC Temperature coolant (nominal = 100 °C) MDEC Temperature charge air (nominal = 100 °C) MDEC Temperature fuel (nominal = 100 °C) MDEC Temperature coolant intercooler (nominal = 100 °C) MDEC Pressure lube oil (nominal = 10.0 bar) MDEC Pressure charge air (nominal = 5.0 bar) MDEC Pressure fuel (nominal = 15.0 bar) MDEC Pressure fuel rail (nominal = 1600 bar) Type XG/BCG only: the diesel speed in rpm Type XG/BCG only: the setpoint of the Load sharing controller (see chapter 2.10.3)

Type XG/BCG only: The generator current, voltage, power and frequency of the first 6 nodes of the CANBUS1

Type XG/BCG only: The generator current, voltage, power and frequency of the first 6 nodes of the CANBUS1 SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 39/208 -

Service Manual CAN5 - I CAN5 - U CAN5 - P CAN5 - f CAN6 - I CAN6 - U CAN6 - P CAN6 - f PT100-1 PT100-2 PT100-3 PT100-4 PT100-5 PT100-6 PT100-7 PT100-8 PT100-9 PT100-10 PT100-11 PT100-12 PT100-13 PT100-14 PT100-15 PT100-16 CW sum max

The PT100 Analog inputs. All 16 possible inputs from any external board can be selected. The nominal value is assumed as +320°C

The max. phase Contact wear (see ANSI – CW Contact wear measurement).

Each analogous output provides five parameters for adjustment. The following parameters refer to analogous output 1, which are representative for all analogous outputs. Parameter description: 0600. CUR-OUT 1 - function : Output selection for analogous output 1 (X2.4 49 and 50) 0601.

- range : Selection of the output range: 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA or OFF

0602.

- zero scale The zero point adjustment (0 or 4 mA = xx %)

:

0603.

- full scale Full scale adjustment (20 mA = xx %)

:

0604.

- adjust Total linear scale adjustment (calibration)

:

Table 2-10

Terminals of analogous outputs

Analogous output

Plug - Terminals

1 2 3 4

X2.4 - 49, 50 (+) X2.4 - 49, 51 (+) X2.4 - 49, 52 (+) X2.4 - 49, 53 (+)

- 40/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.8

Binary Outputs

The basic unit of SYMAP® provides 12 binary outputs. The outputs are organized as table 2-11. In combination with an external board, the number of function outputs can be extended. An extended board can be connected to SYMAP®, providing additional in and output channels. The extended board is customized to individual client requirements and can be equipped to a maximum of 24 Relay outputs channels (see chapter 2.8.3). Table 2-11

Binary outputs

No.

Output name

Event number

1 2 3 4 5-12

Shunt #1 Shunt #2 Lockout relay CB synchron ON Function 1-8

[0700] [0701] [0702] and [0703] [0704] and [0705] [0706]-[0720]

Description used for breaker trip events special relay for lock-out purpose used for synchronizing unit free programmable outputs

2.8.1 Shunt #1 output BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

700

Shunt #1 -X2.1/18, 19 Events: 01:1402 02:1405 03:1408 04: 0 05: 0 06: 0 07: 0 08: 0 09: 0 10: 0

≥1

11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20:

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

≥1

21:9999 22: 0

BACK Figure 2-22

&

70

Note:0=OFF 9999=ON EXIT

Shunt #1

Parameter description: Events 01 to 20 : "HIGH" active events to activate the event [0700] Event 21 "HIGH" active event to enable the event [0700]

:

Event 22 "LOW" active event to enable the event [0700]

:

NOTE: The Shunt #1 output is the fastest binary output SYMAP® offers. So it should be used for time critical operations such as fast protection functions like ANSI 50 to open a circuit breaker.

®

SYMAP


- 41/208 -

Service Manual

2.8.2 Shunt #2 output BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

701

Shunt #2 -X2.1/20,21 Events: 01: 0 02: 0 03: 0 04: 0 05: 0 06: 0 07: 0 08: 0 09: 0 10: 0

≥1

11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20:

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

≥1

21:9999 22: 0

BACK Figure 2-23

&

701

Note:0=OFF 9999=ON EXIT

Shunt #2

Parameter description: Events 01 to 20 : "HIGH" active events to activate the event [0701] Event 21 "HIGH" active event to enable the event [0701]

:

Event 22 "LOW" active event to enable the event [0701]

:

- 42/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.8.3 Lockout relay The lockout relay is a bistable (two states) relay, which can be used as lockout relay or as a normal binary output (see figure 2-24). If the lockout features are requested please refer to ANSI 94 device code to activate the lockout relay (see chapter 3.32). BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

Setting range:

702

Lockout relay - X2.1/16,17 - Condition : NORM.OPEN - Time delay: 0,0 sec 1.Event: 0 2.Event: 0 3.Event: 0 4.Event: 0 5.Event: 9999 6.Event: 0

NORM.OPEN/NORM.CLSD 0.0-999.9 sec

≥1

&

0702 0703

Note:0=OFF,9999=ON BACK Figure 2-24

EXIT

Failure lock out

Parameter description: - Select Selects a binary output

:

- Condition : Polarity of the output; if the logic is fulfilled event [0703] will be set. - Time delay : If the logic is fulfilled and the delay is passed the binary output and event [0702] will be set. 1. Event to 6. Event Events to activate or to block the output

®

SYMAP

: :


- 43/208 -

Service Manual

2.8.4 Synchron ON output SYMAP® provides a “synchron ON” output used for the synchronizing units to release or block the circuit breakers during synchronization (see figure 2-25). This output has a redundant. That means two independent controllers of the SYMAP® system have to release with their own relay the “synchron ON” output before the main contact (-X2.1/1,2) will be activated. If no synchronizing unit is in use that means that the following three parameters have been set to “0” (parameter [1000], parameter [1030] and parameter [1060]). This output can be used in the same way as the Function outputs 1 to 8. BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

704

Setting range:

CB Synchron ON - X2.1/1,2 - Condition : NORM.OPEN - Time delay: 0,0 sec 1.Event: 0 2.Event: 0 3.Event: 0 4.Event: 0 5.Event: 9999 6.Event: 0

Norm.Open/Norm. Closed 0.0-999.9 sec

≥1 〈1

&

0704 0705


EXIT

Synchron ON

Parameter description: - Select Selects a binary output

:

- Condition : Polarity of the output; if the logic is fulfilled event [0705] will be set. - Time delay : If the logic is fulfilled and the delay is passed the binary output and event [0704] will be set. 1. Event to 6. Event Events to activate or block the output

- 44/208 -


: :

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.8.5 Function outputs For binary outputs 8 further relay outputs are available (see figure 2-26 and table 2-12). BINARY OUTPUT EVENT – Select:

7xx

Setting range:

FUNC.x - X2.1/x,y - Condition : Norm.Open - Time delay: 0,0 sec 1.Event: 0 2.Event: 0 3.Event: 0 4.Event: 0 5.Event: 9999 6.Event: 0

Norm.Open/Norm. Closed 0.0-999.9 sec

≥1

&

7xx 07xx


EXIT

Function outputs

Parameter description: - Select Selects a binary output Table 2-12

:

Parameters of function outputs

Select:

Text:

Terminal:

[0700] [0701] [0702] [0704] [0706] [0708] [0710] [0712] [0714] [0716] [0718] [0720]

Shunt #1 Shunt #2 Lockout relay CB Synchron ON Func. 1 Func. 2 Func. 3 Func. 4 Func. 5 Func. 6 Func. 7 Func. 8

X2.1/18, 19 X2.1/20, 21 X2.1/16, 17 X2.1/1, 2 X2.1/3, 5 X2.1/4, 5 X2.1/6, 8 X2.1/7, 8 X2.1/9, 11 X2.1/10, 11 X2.1/12, 13 X2.1/14, 15

- Condition : Polarity of the output; if the logic is fulfilled the predelay event will be set. - Time delay : If the logic is fulfilled and the delay is passed the binary output and the after delay event will be set. 1. Event to 6. Event Events to activate or block the output

®

SYMAP

: :


- 45/208 -

Service Manual

2.9

Event Builder

The event builder offers several possibilities to combine events and to build user defined applications. The various logic elements can be accessed through the following overview list. This list is placed in the menu tree as follows: MENU > SETTING > SYSTEM > Event builder (see figure 2-27). The first 3 items (Breaker control, Interlock diagrams, Breaker test mode) are linked to the breaker control and can not be used for other purposes. The other elements can be used for any applications. EVENT BUILDER Breaker control Interlock diagrams Breaker test mode Logic diagrams (800-839) AND elements (840-849) OR elements (850-859) AND / OR (860-869) Timer (870-889) Counter (890-894) Flip-flops (895-899) CAN events (370-392)

BACK Figure 2-27

EXIT

Event builder

NOTE: For details refer to the Appendix A2.

- 46/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10 Power management (main menu) The power management function is an additional software package available only for SYMAP® XG/BCG. If the power management software is loaded, the following parameters are available (see figure 2-28). POWER MANAGEMENT General Power management Load sharing Frequency controller Voltage regulator Power factor controller Big consumer request (BCR) Blackout Diesel control Starting phase Stopping phase Preferential trip limits Additional limits BACK Figure 2-28

®

SYMAP

EXIT

Power management (main menu)


- 47/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.1 General PM Parameter This group comprises the general settings for power management (see figures 2-29 and 2-30). Setting range:

GENERAL PM PARAMETER 0180.Generator - number : 01 0181. – priority: 01 0182.Net selectors - 1.ev.(L): 509 0183. – 2.ev.(R): 0 0184.Automatic mode : 511 0185.Start release : 513 0186.Start next diesel : 0 0187.Remote start : 515 0188.Remote stop : 517 0189.Load balance after start: 10 sec 0190.Mains parallel operation: 0 0191.Manual mode type : MANUAL 1 0192.Priority select by event: 504 0193. – 1.event: 519 ↓ ↓ BACK EXIT Figure 2-29

(Event (Event (Event (Event (Event (Event (Event

number) number) number) number) number) number) number)

sec (Event number)

1-6 (Event number) (Event number)

General settings for power management-1

GENERAL PM PARAMETER 0194. – 2.event: 521 0195. – 3.event: 0 0196. – 4.event: 0 0197.Remain in manual : NO 0198.Secure front key access : 512 0199.Start next alarm block : 0 2400.Nominal power reduction : CURR.3 2401. – Pn zero scale point: 70.0 % 2402. – scale adjustment : 100.0 % 2403.Request own power by : 0 2404. – power not avail.event 2405.Preselect prio. by event: 0 2406. – priority: 1 2407.Change to MANUAL mode : 0 2408.Mainpage LS/PM status : NET 2409.User access definition : none 2410.Automatic net selection : ON BACK Figure 2-30

1-14 1-14 0-9999 0-9999 0-9999 0-9999 0-9999 0-9999 0-9999 0-9999 0-9999 MANUAL 0-9999 0-9999

↑

Setting range: 0-9999 (Event number) 0-9999 (Event number) 0-9999 (Event number) NO/YES 0-9999 (Event number) 0-9999 (Event number) OFF/CURR.1 – CURR.4 0.00-100.0 % 50.0-150.0 % 0-9999 (Event number) --- (Event reminder) 0-9999 (Event number) 1-14 0-9999 (Event number) NET/OWN None/Prio+Load ON/OFF

EXIT

General settings for power management-2

Parameter description: 0180. Generator - number : Number of generator; this number is shown in the main page and is used by the power manager for all event histories to show the user which generator has been started and stopped.

- 48/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0181.

- priority : Priority of the diesel generator; the priority is used to define the start and stop sequence for the power management. The priority is shown in the main page. The priority can also be changed on the load page or over MODBUS-communication if parameter [0192] is OFF.

0182. Net selector -1.ev.(L) : 0183. -2.ev.(R) : The net selectors define the BUS section to which the circuit breaker of the corresponding generator has been connected. A maximum of four BUS sections can be recognized. Example: If a bus tie-breaker is in use the user can link the auxiliary output of the bus tie-breaker with a function input. The event number of this function input has to be used for the net selector parameter to define the BUS sections (see table 2-13). NOTE: Please place parameter [2410] on “OFF” when using up to four nets and consider the description of parameter [2410] when using more than four nets. Table 2-13

Net selectors

Net selectors [0183] inactive inactive active active

[0182] inactive active inactive active

Net 0 1 2 3

0184. Automatic mode : Automatic mode release; an event number is used to release the automatic mode (e.g. via a function input). Example: A function input is used to release the automatic mode. If the function input is active the automatic mode will be automatically set and the user can switch between automatic and manual. If the function input is inactive the manual mode is fixed and blocked. Event numbers linked to the modes: •

[2905]: manual mode

•

[2906]: automatic mode

0185. Start release : Start release of the aggregate; the user can activate an event number to allow the starting of the aggregate (e.g. via a function input). Example: The user can activate a function input to allow the starting. If the function input is active the starting of the aggregate is allowed. If the function input is inactive all start orders will be blocked and the device will switch to fixed manual mode. In this case event [0185] (“start block”) will become active. Use this event for an alarm message. 0186. Start next diesel by : The user can start the next aggregate from the start list by event. Example: The user can activate a function input to start an aggregate which is next in the stand-by sequence. If the state of the function input changes to active this aggregate will be started. Only this trigger condition starts the aggregate.

®

SYMAP


- 49/208 -

Service Manual

0187.Remote Start : The user can start the own aggregate from remote by an event. Example: The user can activate a function input to start the “own” aggregate from remote. If the state of the function input changes to active the “own” aggregate will be started. Only this trigger condition starts the aggregate. 0188. Remote Stop : The user can stop the “own” aggregate from remote by an event. Example: The user can activate a function input to stop the “own” aggregate from remote. If the state of the function input changes to active the “own” aggregate will be stopped. Only this trigger condition stops the aggregate. This function is independent of PM parameter [0912] (Stop block by event). 0189. Load balance after start : If the power management starts a diesel generator (e.g. big consumer request) then after the circuit breaker is switched on, the process will be delayed to balance the load before the next action from the power manager happens (e.g. big consumer release). 0190. Mains parallel operation : In case of mains parallel operation, some regulators (e.g. asymmetric load control) have other conditions. With this event number (e.g. function input), the system recognizes mains parallel or insulated operation. 0191. Manual mode type : There are several manual mode types available (see table 2-14). Table 2-14 Automatic/Manual mode functions AUTOMATIC/MANUAL MODE FUNCTIONS AUTO MANUAL MODE FUNCTIONS MATI C 1 2 3 4 5 BREAKER ON X X X X BREAKER OFF X X X X KEYS START X X X X STOP X X X X EMERGENCY STOP X X X X X REMOTE X X X X COMMUNICATION X X X X START PM X NEXT DIESEL X BLACKOUT X REMOTE X X X X STOP COMMUNICATION X X X X PM X LOAD SHARING X X X X FREQUENCY X X X X CONTROLLER VOLTAGE X X X X POWER FACTOR X X X X

6 X X X X X

0192.Priority select by event : With this event the selectors can be enabled. It is not possible to change the priority over another source (e.g. load page or communication) if the selectors are enabled. 0193. 0194. 0195. 0196.

- 1. Event : - 2. Event : - 3. Event : - 4. Event : With the four events (e.g. from binary inputs) a priority can be selected (see table 2-15).

- 50/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual Table 2-15 Priority selectors PRIORITY SELECTORS EVENTS [0196] [0195] [0194] [0193] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1

PRIORITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 -

0197. Remain in manual : This parameter controls the trigger of the automatic mode: •

“NO”:

•

“YES”: After system start or if an alarm with priority disappears the mode will always remain in manual.

After an alarm with priority disappears, the mode will switch back to automatic (if automatic was active before the alarm). The mode is stored nonvolatile.

0198. Secure front key access : With this parameter the access to the START/STOP/AUTO/MANU. – front keys can be protected with an password (also the Load page – Command window). •

assigned event inactive: free access to the keys

•

assigned event active:

The keys are protected with Code #1 (see chapter 2.1). The keys are released for 30 seconds after the right password is entered.

0199. Start next alarm block : If an alarm with start next priority is active and the event set by parameter [0199] is active a start next command will be given only if the CB is closed or the generator is in AUTO and starting.

®

SYMAP


- 51/208 -

Service Manual

2400. Nominal power reduction : The nominal power reduction can be used for shaft generator operation. This parameter enables the function and selects an analog input (see chapter 2.5). The analog input must be also enabled:

2401.

•

“Function”:

•

“Measuring type”: mA

•

“Full scale”:

sets the upper cutoff point of the current signal (e.g. 16.8 mA)

•

“Zero scale”:

sets the lower cutoff point of the current signal (e.g. 5.8 mA)

0-20 mA or 4-20 mA

- Pn zero scale point : Defines the lowest power value for the nominal power reduction (e.g. 40.0 %) NOTE: The upper value is always 100.0 %.

2402.

- scale adjustment : Linear calibration of the mA-scale between the full and the zero scale; this parameter is normally set to 100.0%. Figure 2-31 shows an example for the nominal power reduction. Pn (%) 100.0

40.0

5.8 Figure 2-31

NOTE:

mA

16.8

Nominal power reduction

On the analog inputs page (MENU > DISPLAY > METERS), the following nominal power reduction values are shown as: •

the actual mA value, and

•

the reduced nominal power in % and in kW

2403. Request own power by : This function can be used to request the own actual power (in kW) from the net before the own generator is stopped. The event from parameter [2403] activates the request. The function will calculate the load situation in the own net, without the power of the own generator (assuming that the own generator should be stop). If the future net power reserve is insufficient the function will start one or more stand-by generator. Finally, if the power reserve is available event [2403] will be activated. This event can be used to trigger a stop (e.g. over parameter [0188]). 2404. - power not avail. Event This event is related to the function from parameter [2403]. If it is not possible to provide the requested own power from the net (e.g. there are no stand-bys) this event will be activated. It can be used to trigger an alarm. .

- 52/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2405. Preselect prio. by event : 2406. - priority : If the event set on parameter [2405] changes from inactive to active the priority will be set once to the value of parameter [2406]. 2407.Change to MANUAL mode : If the event set on parameter [2407] changes from inactive to active the mode will be changed once to MANUAL. 2408. Mainpage LS/PM status : This parameter affects the display of the Load sharing (LS) status and the Power Management (PM) status on the main page and the Diesel Overview page: •

“NET”:

The status shows the summary of all nodes in the same net.

•

“OWN”:

The status shows only the own device.

2409. User access definition : This parameter defines the possibilities to change the generator priority by the user. If this parameter is set to “Prio+Load”, the Priority page is not visible in the menu, it is not possible to give any commands over the Load Command page, and it is not possible to change the priority through the communication interfaces. 2410. Automatic net selection : “Automatic net selection” can be used up to 4 nets in mode “OFF” and up to 14 nets in mode “ON”. These two kinds of net switching can be selected. Use parameter [2410] „Automatic net selection” to select „ON“ or „OFF“. •

Automatic net selection: „OFF“ Two digital inputs can be used for coding the net number. The position of the bus coupler has to be coded and send to the inputs of SYMAP® devices, parameters [0182] and [0183]. The two parameters [0182] and [0183] are binary coded, so that four nets (net 0, 1, 2 and 3) can be selected. Example: There is a net with four generators and a bus coupler between Gen2 and Gen3. With closed bus coupler all SYMAP® devices would be selected the net No. 0. In this case no switching of the nets by the parameters [0182] and [0183] are necessary. If the bus coupler opens, the both „right” handed generators must be switched into another net, different from 0. The auxiliary contact of the bus coupler activates the parameters [0182] in both SYMAP® devices on the right side. Both SYMAP® devices must be on net 1. Thereby the both „right“- and „left“ handed SYMAP® devices are in different nets and each net for itself controls its own power management system.

•

®

SYMAP

Automatic net selection: “ON” The complete network switching is functioning automatically. Fourteen nets can be handed. Each SYMAP® device gets an input signal from the corresponding left- and right- handed bus coupler. The signal of the left handed bus coupler to the generator is given on the parameter [0182] and the signal of the right handed bus coupler on the parameter [0183]. A signal 0 (low) means that the bus coupler is closed. Accordingly a 1 (high) signal means that the bus coupler is open. The devices must be numbered in ascending order starting with 1 from „left to the right” in the CAN1-Identifier (parameter [0310])!! The net numbering starts with the device with CAN1-Identifier [1] and according to the bus couple ring positions it is counted up from 1 to max. 14 “left to right”! SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 53/208 -

Service Manual

NOTE: If no ring net is present, the device with the CAN1-Identifier [1], the parameter [0182] must be set to 9999 and the SYMAP® device with the last CAN1Identifier, the parameter [0183] must be set to 9999 (in this case the bus couplers at both ends are open). Ring net: First SAMYP® device with the CAN1-Identifier [1] has a speciality. If the left bus coupler is closed, all SYMAP® device change to ring net control. Also the last SYMAP® device needs an input of the right bus coupler. The last generator can also have in addition a right handed bus coupler. NOTE: The SYMAP® device with CAN1-Identifier [1], input left bus coupler (parameter [0182]), connects the system with the last SYMAP® device to a ring net. If no bus couplers exist, the values of parameters [0182] and [0183] is set to 9999. It is important that the sequence of the generators with the corresponding SYMAP® devices runs with the CAN1-Identifiern from „left to the right” in ascending from one onwards in a row. In case of a failure of one SYMAP® device, the power management can be further operated, because the bus coupler feedbacks are given in each device to the two surround SYMAP® devices. In this case the event [3019] „CAN1 node error” is activated on all devices. The feedback of the bus is also monitored. In case of differences in the position of the bus coupler the event [2410] with an announcement “Auto. Net error” will be activated. The events [2410] and [3019] can be directed to an alarm channel for signalling. Cable

TB

TB

TB

TB

[0182]

[0182]

[0183]

[0310] = 1

[0183]

[0182]

[0310] = 2

[0182]

[0183]

[0310] = 3

SYMAP®

SYMAP®

G1

TB

SYMAP®

G3

G2

...

[0183]

[0310] = 14

SYMAP®

G14

Cable Figure 2-32

- 54/208 -

Power Management System for max. 14 Generators in one line and ring net (Automatic net selection: “ON”)


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.2 Power management The power management parameters offer two main functionalities (philosophies) for the loaddepending starting and stopping within a BUS section. Each function can be activated independently of the other one (but it is advisable to decide for only one). •

The first function (parameters [0900] to [0917]) is operating on several limits for starting and stopping (classical P.M.).

•

Within the second function (parameters [2430] to [2449]), up to eight load ranges can be defined. For every load range a combination of up to five generators (priorities) can be defined, which should be connected to the BUS. The system will manage to start and/or stop the generator according to the load ranges.

0900. P.M. 0901. 0902. START 0903. 0904. 0905. 0906. 0907. 0908. 0909. 0910. 0911. STOP

POWER MANAGEMENT

Setting range:

– – – –

0-9999 (Event number) ON->OFF/OFF->ON SINGLE/AVERAGE 0.0-999.9 % 0-9999 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0-9999 sec 0.00-999.99 Hz 0-9999 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0-9999 sec LOW/HIGH

– – – -

switch by event: 0 characteristic : ON->OFF check limits : SINGLE 1.load limit : 70.0 % - delay: 200 sec 2.load limit : 90.0 % - delay: 30 sec low frequency : 58.00 Hz – delay: 5 sec high current : 70.0 % - delay: 200 sec with priority : LOW ↓ BACK

Figure 2-33

EXIT

Power mamagement-1

Setting range:

POWER MANAGEMENT 0912. – block by event : 0913. – remaining load : 0914. – remaining curr.: 0915. delay: 0916.Stop without runn.down : 0917.Block own start by event: 0918.Prio. shifter work count: 2430.LOAD RANGES - by event : 2431. - change to upper range: 2432. - change to lower range: 2433. - load range hysteresis: BACK Figure 2-34

®

SYMAP

510 60.0 60.0 300 NO 0 0

↑ % % sec

h

507 3 sec 100 sec 2.5 % ↓

0-9999 (Event number) 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0-9999 sec NO/YES 0-9999 (Event number) 0-65535 h 0-9999 (Event number) 0-9999 sec 0-9999 sec 0.0-999.9 %

EXIT

Power mamagement-2


- 55/208 -

Service Manual

Setting range:

POWER MANAGEMENT 2434. 2435. 2436. 2437. 2438. 2439. 2440. 2441. 2442. 2443. 2444. 2445. 2446. 2447. 2448. 2449.

- 1.load range < 730 kW - priority: 1 - 2.load range < 1060 kW - priority: 2 - 3.load range < 1790 kW - priority: 1 2 - 4.load range < 2130 kW - priority: 2 3 - 5.load range < 2850 kW - priority: 1 2 3 - 6.load range < 60000 kW - priority: 1 2 3 4 - 7.load range < 0 kW - priority: 1 - 8.load range < 0 kW - priority: 1 BACK

Figure 2-35

↑

0-65535 kW “1”…”1 2 3 0-65535 kW “1”…”1 2 3 0-65535 kW “1”…”1 2 3 0-65535 kW “1”…”1 2 3 0-65535 kW “1”…”1 2 3 0-65535 kW “1”…”1 2 3 0-65535 kW “1”…”1 2 3 0-65535 kW “1”…”1 2 3

4 5” 4 5” 4 5” 4 5” 4 5” 4 5” 4 5” 4 5”

EXIT

Power mamagement-3

Parameter description: 0900. P.M. - switch by event : Event switch for the first power management function; this switch affects only the parameters [0901] to [0917]. All devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation! 0901.

- characteristic : Switch characteristic of power management ON/OFF switch parameter [0900]: •

“ON -> OFF”: If event of PM-switch is active power management will be switched off.

•

“OFF -> ON”: If event of PM-switch is active power management will be switched on.

0902. START - check limits : Checking single or average start limits this parameter is valid for [0903], [0905] and [0909]. All limits can be disabled by setting them to zero. •

“SINGLE”:

•

“AVERAGE”: Start order given if average load/current of parameter [0903], [0905] or [0909] is passed. Average load/current means the average of load/current of all diesel engines running on the mains in one net.

When passing limit parameters [0903], [0905] or [0909] the start order will be given depending on the load/current of each diesel engine. If a generator passes the limit while the others do not a start order will be given.

0903.

- 1. load limit : First start limit for load-depending start of an additional diesel engine

0904.

- delay Delay time for first start limit parameter [0903]

0905.

- 2.load limit : Second start limit for load-depending start of an additional diesel engine

- 56/208 -


:

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0906.

- delay : Delay time for second start limit parameter [0905]

0907.

- low frequency : Passage of a low frequency limit also starts a diesel engine. Coordinate with parameters [2007] and [2010]

0908.

- delay : Delay time for low frequency start limit parameter [0907]

0909.

- high current : Start limit for current-depending start of an additional diesel engine

0910.

- delay : Delay time for current start limit parameter [0909]

0911. STOP - with priority Sequence for stop order.

:

•

“LOW”:

Load-depending stop works in a sequence so that the aggregate with the lowest priority will be stopped first.

•

“HIGH”:

Load-depending stop works in a sequence so that the aggregate with the highest priority will be stopped first.

0912.

- block by event : By activating this event, load-depending stop of the diesel engines in the same main can be blocked.

0913.

- remaining load : Stop limit for load-depending stop of operating diesel engine; the entered percentage limit is the load value remaining on the mains after disconnecting the diesel engine.

0914.

- remaining curr. : Stop limit for current-depending stop of operating diesel engine; the entered percentage limit is the current value remaining on the mains after disconnecting the diesel engine. If zero is settled the limit check will be disabled.

0915.

- delay : Delay time for current and load stop limit parameters [0913] and [0914]; note that both conditions must be fulfilled to start the delay. If only load stop is to be used the current limit [0914] must be set to zero. Both limits can be disabled by setting them to zero if PM-stop is not to be used. Current stop [0914] is only available in connection with load stop, never alone.

0916. Stop without run. down : If this parameter is set to “YES” the stopped generator will only open the CB (after load reduction) and than remain running. 0917. Block own start by event : By activating this event, the start of the own diesel engine through the power management system can be blocked. The blocking does not affect other start sources (e.g. blackout, start next…). A message will be displayed on the power management page if the blocking is active.

®

SYMAP


- 57/208 -

Service Manual

0918. Prio. shifter work count : If on any net node parameter [0918] is set and the work hours are reached by that node, the priorities will be rotated on every node in that net, regardless of parameter [0918] and a start next will be issued. The counting value (work hours) is stored novolatile. This function can be activated also on the priority page (MENU > SETTING > PRIORITY). 2430.LOAD RANGES - by event : Event switch for the second power management function; this switch affects only the parameters [2431] to [2449]. All devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation! 2431.

- change to upper range : If the actual net power changes from one range to a higher range the higher range will be taken as the valid range after this delay time has passed.

2432.

- change to lower range : If the actual net power changes from one range to a lower range the lower range will be taken as the valid range after this delay time has passed.

2433.

- load range hysteresis : This hysteresis is valid if the actual net power changes from one range to a higher range. The power must fall below this hysteresis in order to return to the previous (lower) range.

2434. 2435.

- 1. load range - priority

< :

to 2448. 2449.

- 8. load range < - priority : With this parameters up to eight ranges can be defined. Each range starts at the previous range and ends at the settled kW value. For every range up to five generators (identified in the net by the priorities) can be assigned, which should be connected to the BUS. NOTE: The starting and stopping will begin when a new range becomes valid (after the delays parameters [2431] or [2432] are passed). The system will first start all the needed generators. After all the needed generators are connected to the BUS, the system will begin to stop the unnecessary generator. If one generator needed for the actual load range is not available (in MANUAL and stopped) the system will search for another generator with the same nominal power. If the search is without result the next stand-by generator will be started. The stopping is blocked in this case. The system will start or stop only generators which priority is defined in one of the load ranges (parameters [2435] … [2449]). The stopping is automatically blocked if the PM stop is blocked (see parameter [0912]) or if a “big consumer request” is active in the net (see chapter 2.10.7). If parameter [2430] is settled to a value greater than zero supervision becomes active. This supervision checks if all the generators defined within the parameters [2435] … [2449] are available (in AUTOM.). In this case event [2430] will be active. Event [2431] will be active if parameter [2430] is set (to a value greater zero) and the generators needed for the actual range are all in AUTOM. This events can be used for alarming or to control processes (e.g. to switch to the classical PM if generators are not available).

- 58/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.3 Load sharing The load sharing parameter includes the settings that regulate the load within the BUS section (see figures 2-43 and 2-44). The load sharing regulator works as a three-point controller. After a certain break time, the difference between the load set point and the actual measured load value will be calculated. With this load difference the pulse time for speed higher and lower will be calculated. The set point in the symmetrical load sharing mode for the load regulator is the average net load. The set point in the asymmetrical load sharing mode is parameter [0934]). If the load difference (set point to actual load) is lower then the dead band the load sharing regulator is blocked. Setting range:

LOAD SHARING 0925. SYM. 0926. 0927. 0928. 0929. 0930. 0931. 0932. ASYM. 0933. 0934. 0935. 0936.

– – – – – – – –

switch by event: 0 characteristic : ON->OFF break time : 3.0 sec pulse time : 3.0 sec deadband : 2.0 % higher event lower event switch by event: 501 characteristic : ON->OFF setpoint : 80 % – analog input : OFF – range minimum : 40 % ↓ BACK

Figure 2-36

®

0-200 %

Load sharing-1

Setting range:

0937. – range maximum : 0938. – next attempt : 0939. Allowed load difference: 0940. – delay : 0941. REGUL.- switch by event: 0942. – 2. break time : 0943. – 2. pulse time : 0944. ASY. setpoint switch by: 2490. PTI mode - shaft gen. : 2491. - DG max.limit: 2492. - delay: 2493.PULSE/PAUSE - diff.limit: 2494. - pulse time: 2495. - pause time: 2496. - block by : 2497.Allowed load diff.2.lim.: 2498. - delay: BACK

SYMAP

OFF/CURR.1-4/Net CUR.1-4

EXIT

LOAD SHARING

Figure 2-37

0-9999 (Event number) ON->OFF/OFF->ON 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec --- (Event reminder) --- (Event reminder) 0-9999 (Event number) ON->OFF/OFF->ON 0-200 %

↑

90 % 60 sec 20.0 % 60 sec 0 0.0 sec 0.0 sec 0 0 0 % 0 sec 0.0 % 0.0 sec 0.0 sec 0 ev. 0.0 % 0 sec EXIT

0-200 % 0-9999 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0-9999 sec 0-9999 (Event 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0-9999 (Event 0-9999 (Event 0-9999 % 0-9999 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0-9999 (Event 0.0-999.9 % 0-9999 sec

number)

number) number)

number)

Load sharing-2


- 59/208 -

Service Manual

Parameter description: 0925. SYM. - switch by event : ON/OFF switch of load sharing function; all devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation! 0926.

- characteristic : Switch characteristic of load sharing ON/OFF switch parameter [0925]: •

“ON -> OFF”:

If event of load sharing switch is active load sharing function will be switched off.

•

“OFF -> ON”:

If event of load sharing switch is active load sharing function will be switched on.

0927.

- break time : Typical setting: 2 sec The cycle time for the calculation of the pulse times for speed adjustment during load sharing is set here. At the end of the break time, the load sharing controller will calculate and set the next pulse (see parameter [0928]).

0928.

-pulse time : The pulse characteristic for POWER adjustment during load sharing is set here. This time defines the pulse time which corresponds to 100% POWER difference between POWER SET POINT Pset and ACTUAL POWER VALUE Pact. The “Calc. pulse (sec)” is modified by the POWER difference in the following way: Calc. pulse (sec) = Parameter [0928] / 100 × ΔP (%) with: Parameter [0928]: defined pulse time at 100% power difference, ΔP (%) = Pset (%) – Pact (%)

Example:

Typical Setting: 100 sec Parameter [0928] = 100 sec means: If the POWER difference between POWER SET POINT and ACTUAL POWER VALUE is 100% a calc. pulse of 100 seconds will be set. If the POWER difference is 1% then a calc. pulse of 1 sec will be set. If the POWER difference is positive (Pset > Pact) the n > event [0930] will be activated for the calc. pulse time. If the POWER difference is negative (Pset < Pact) the n < event [0931] will be activated for the calc. pulse time.

0929.

- deadband : Deadband of the regulator; if the load difference ΔP (%) = Pset (%) – Pact (%) (set point Pset minus actual measured load of the generator Pact) is under the deadband limit the regulator is idle.

0930.

-higher event Event for speed higher control; this event will be set by the system in case the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to increase the speed. This event can be used to activate a function output.

0931.

- lower event Event for speed lower control; this event will be set by the system in case the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to decrease the speed. This event can be used to activate a function output.

.

- 60/208 -

.


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0932.AYM. - switch by event : Special application for load sharing regulator; ON/OFF switch of asymmetrical load sharing function; the function for this asymmetrical mode for the load sharing regulator can be switched on and off by setting this event. In the asymmetrical load sharing mode, the regulator uses a fixed-load set point parameter [0934], instead of the average net load. The asymmetrical load mode is allowed if a minimum of two generator sets feeding the BUS and the load limits of parameters [0936] and [0937] are not exceeded. In case of mains parallel operation parameter [0190], asymmetrical load sharing mode is always allowed. 0933.

- characteristic : Switch characteristic of asymmetrical load sharing ON/OFF switch parameter [0932]: •

“ON -> OFF”: If the event of the asymmetrical load sharing switch set in parameter [0932] is active asymmetrical load sharing function will be switched off.

•

“OFF -> ON”: If the event of the asymmetrical load sharing switch set in parameter [0932] is active asymmetrical load sharing function will be switched on.

0934.

- setpoint : Set point for the asymmetrical load sharing regulator; the range for this set point is 0-200% of the nominal load of the generator. This parameter can be changed also on the load page (Asymm. load).

0935.

- analog input : Refer to chapter 2.5 to enable the selected analog input. NOTE: If this parameter is enabled the setpoint of parameter [0934] is inactive. •

“CURR.1 - CURR.4”:

•

“Net CUR.1 - Net CUR.4”: The setpoint for this mode is zero and the actual value is the analog value. The analog value will be regulated to zero (so the analog value equals the regulator difference). The regulator direction for this mode is always UP (speed higher), in order that the generator should overtake the net power.

Analogous setpoint for the asymmetrical load sharing regulator; the set point for asymmetrical load limit can be set by the analogous input. One of the four analogous inputs of the basic unit can be used to modify the setpoint for the asymmetrical load sharing.

0936. 0937.

- range minimum : - range maximum : Minimum and maximum limit for the asymmetrical load sharing mode; if the asymmetrical load sharing is switched on Parameters [0932] and [0933] and if the load of the other generators feeding the same BUS is within the minimum and maximum range limit then the asymmetric mode will be allowed.

0938.

- next attempt : If the asymmetrical load sharing mode is active and one of the other generators that is feeding the same BUS exceeds the limits of parameters [0936] and [0937] then the load sharing mode is switching from asymmetric to symmetrical load sharing mode. After the delay time set in parameter [0938], the load sharing regulator tries to switch again into the asymmetrical load sharing mode.

0939. Allowed load difference : If the difference from the set point to the measured generator load exceeds this limit then event [0939] will be activated (DNV load sharing supervision rule). ®

SYMAP


- 61/208 -

Service Manual

0940.

- delay : Delay time for parameter [0939]; use this event [0940] to activate an alarm channel.

0941.REGUL. - switch by event : With this function the load sharing regulator can be switched to another break and pulse time. This can be used to change the regulator characteristic for different operations. 0942.

- 2. break time : This second break time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0941] is active (Refer to parameter [0927]).

0943.

- 2. pulse time : This second pulse time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0941] is active (Refer to parameter [0928]).

0944. ASY. setpoint switch by : With this event switch it is possible to switch between the two setpoint sources (fixed setpoint parameter [0934] or an analog input parameter [0935]) for the asymmetrical load controller. If the event set by parameter [0944] is active and parameter [0935] is set the value from the analog input is the setpoint for the ASY.L.S. Otherwise parameter [0934] is the setpoint. 2490. PTI mode - shaft gen. : This event switch activates the PTI (Power Take In) mode. The PTI mode is a special Load control mode, which can be used to force a shaft generator on a ship to run as a motor, in order to make the ship faster. This switch must be activated only at the device which controls the shaft generator. To activate the PTI mode, all devices in one net must have also the main Load sharing switch enabled (see parameter [0925]). If this switch becomes active the reverse power protection (see chapter 3.6: ANSI 32) on the shaft generator is blocked and all other generators in the same net are running in parallel to the shaft generator the asym. L.S. switch (see parameter [0932]) has no function if the PTI mode is active. There are two modes possible if the PTI mode is active. The PTI mode always starts with the default mode 3: •

“MODE 3”:

The shaft generator is running as a motor with constant (asym.) reverse power. The setpoint is taken and calculated negative from the asym. load sharing. The other generators in the same net are running in parallel with variable (sym.) load sharing.

•

“MODE 4”:

The shaft generator is running as a motor with variable reverse load sharing the power from the parallel generator with other consumers. The setpoint is the own load, so no regulation is active for the shaft generator. The other generators in the same net are running in parallel with constant (asym.) load. The setpoint is taken from the asym. load sharing.

There is an automatic switching between the two modes: •

“MODE 3 -> MODE 4”: If one of the parallel generators exceeds the DG max. limit (see parameter [2491]) and the delay is passed (see parameter [2492]) all generators in the same net will switch to mode 4.

•

“MODE 4 -> MODE 3”: If the shaft generator exceeds the setpoint for the asym. load sharing and the delay is passed (see parameter [2492]) all generators in the same net will switch back to mode 3. The

- 62/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

actual power of the shaft generator and the setpoint for the asym. load sharing are taken as absolute values for the comparison. NOTE: The asym. L.S. range supervision (see parameters [0936] and [0937]) is disabled if the PTI mode is active. 2491.

- DG max.limit : The parallel generators will supervise this limit for switching from mode 3 to 4.

2492.

- delay : Time delay for switching between the two modes

2493. PULSE/PAUSE - diff. limit : This function gives a constant pulse/pause time for the load control. If the actual controller difference exceeds the limit of parameter [2493] the PULSE/PAUSE -function gets active. The function works in all load sharing modes (SYM. and ASYM.). The function is switched off by setting parameter [2493] to zero. 2494.

- pulse time : This parameter defines the definite length of the pulse time for the load control, and in addition for the load reduction control of the stopping phase (see parameter [0665]).

2495.

- pause time : This parameter defines the definite length of the pause time for the load control, and in addition for the load reduction control of the stopping phase (sees parameter [0665]).

2496.

- block by : This function can be blocked by an event number.

2497. Allowed load diff.2.lim. : Second limit for the load difference. If the difference from the set point to the measured generator load exceeds this limit, then event [2498] will be activated after the setted delay has passed (DNV load sharing supervision rule). Event [2497] is never active. Only event [2498] will be active on the device (not in the net) if the limit is reached and the delay is passed. 2498.

- delay : Delay time for parameter [2498]; use this event [2498] to activate an alarm channel. NOTE: The Allowed load diff. functions (parameter [0939] or [2497]) are blocked, if “Load balance after start” (parameter [0189]) is active.

®

SYMAP


- 63/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.4 Frequency controller The frequency controller parameter contains the settings for regulating the frequency within the BUS section (see figure 2-38). The frequency controller works as a three-point controller. After a certain break time, the difference between the frequency set point and the actual measured frequency will be calculated. With this frequency difference, the pulse time for the speed control will be calculated. The set point for the frequency controller will be calculated from the frequencyload static given by the parameter: idle and full-load frequency. If the frequency difference (set point to actual measured frequency) is lower then the deadband limit then the frequency controller will be blocked. FREQUENCY CONTROLLER 0945. – 0946. – 0947. – 0948. 0949. – 0950. – 0951. – 0952. – 0953. – 0954.RANGE – 0955. – 0956.REGUL. 0957. – 2420. – 2421.REMOTE – 2422. – 2423.SETPOINT

switch by event: characteristic : idle speed : full load : break time : pulse time : deadband : higher event lower event maximum : minimum : switch by event: 2. break time : 2. pulse time : higher event : lower event : analog input : BACK

Figure 2-38

Setting range: 0 ON->OFF 61.00 Hz 59.00 Hz 20.0 sec 100.0 sec 0.2 %

58.00 Hz 62.00 Hz 0 0.0 sec 0.0 sec 0 0 OFF EXIT

0-9999 (Event number) ON->OFF/OFF->ON 0.00-999.99 Hz 0.00-999.99 Hz 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 % --- (Event reminder) --- (Event reminder) 0.00-999.99 Hz 0.00-999.99 Hz 0-9999 (Event number) 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0-9999 (Event number) 0-9999 (Event number) OFF/CURR.1-4

EXIT

Frequency controller

Parameter description: 0945.

- switch by event : ON/OFF switch of frequency control function; all devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation!

0946.

- characteristic : Switch characteristic of frequency control ON/OFF switch parameter [0945]:

0947. 0948.

•

“ON -> OFF”: If event of parameter [0945] is activated the frequency controller will be switched off.

•

“OFF -> ON”: If event of parameter [0945] is activated the frequency controller will be switched on.

- idle speed : - full load : Set point for frequency control; either a constant frequency (for this, enter the same value in both parameters [0947] and [0948]) or a load depending speed droop can be entered in accordance with the speed controller of the diesel engine.

- 64/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0949.

- break time : Typical setting: 2 sec The cycle time for the calculation of the pulse times for speed adjustment during frequency controlling is set here. At the beginning of the break time, the frequency controller will calculate and set the next pulse (see parameter [0950]).

0950.

- pulse time : The pulse characteristic for frequency adjustment during frequency controlling is set here. This time defines the pulse time which corresponds to 100% frequency difference. The calc. pulse is modified by the difference between the two frequency inputs in the following way: Calc. pulse (sec) = Parameter [0950] / 100 × ΔF (%) with: Parameter [0950]: defined pulse time at 100% frequency difference, ΔF (%): frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 in percent of nominal

Example:

Typical Setting: 100 sec Parameter [0950] = 100 sec means: If the frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 is 100% a calc. pulse of 100 seconds will be set. If the frequency difference is 0.5 Hz (1% at 50 Hz nominal-rated frequency) then a calc. pulse of 1 sec will be set. If the frequency difference is positive (FFEEDER > FBUS1) the n < event [0953] will be activated for the calc. pulse time. If the frequency difference is negative (FFEEDER < FBUS1) the n > event [0952] will be activated for the calc. pulse time.

0951.

- deadband : Deadband of the controller; if the frequency difference (set point to actual measured frequency the generator) is under the deadband limit the controller will be blocked.

0952.

- higher event Event for speed higher control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to increase the speed. Use this event to activate a function output.

0953.

- lower event Event for speed lower control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to decrease the speed. Use this event to activate a function output.

.

..

0954. RANGE - maximum : 0955. - minimum : Operating range for frequency controller, load sharing and load reduction; if the frequency of the BUS exceeds the frequency range given by these parameters then these functions will be blocked. 0956. REGUL. - switch by event : With this function the frequency regulator can be switched to another break and pulse time. This can be used to change the regulator characteristic for different operations. 0957.

- 2. break time : This second break time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0956] is active (Refer to parameter [0949]).

2420.

- 2. pulse time : This second pulse time is valid for the regulator if the event from parameter [0956] is active (Refer to parameter [0950]). ®

SYMAP


- 65/208 -

Service Manual

2421. REMOTE - higher event : 2422. - lower event : Over this events the speed can be remotely controlled (e.g. over binary inputs or communication). 2423. SETPOINT analog input : This parameter enables the frequency controller setpoint over an analog input. The analog input must be enabled and the measure type of the analog input must be set to [%] (see chapter 2.5), otherwise the setpoint will be calculated from P[0947] and P[0948]. The setpoint will be calculated from the nominal frequency parameter [0203]. The full and zero scale of the analog input will act as a limitation.

- 66/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

The figure 2-39 shows the frequency band, including the common limit values and the corresponding restriction, of the frequency controller. When a frequency static is defined (parameter [0947] for idle frequency and parameter [0948] for full-load frequency), then the set point of the controller will depend on the actual load, which is shown with the x-axis of the diagram. Parameter [2005]or [0264]

Frequency

f>> stop engine overspeed

[0682]

f> BUS abnormal

[2002]

f> alarm

Sychronizing blocked

[ANSI 59_1]

[0954]

f>operating limit

[0947]

F0

[0203]

FNominal

Frequency-static (Droop)

Off with load reduction 100% PW

[0948]

ffull load

[0955]

F
[0908]

F< (PM)

Operating area for frequency control & load sharing

start standby diesel

F< alarm

[2008]

[ANSI 81_1]

[0679]

f< preferential trip

[0683]

f< BUS abnormal f<< trip breaker

[2011]

Synchronizing blocked

[ANSI 81_2]

Figure 2-39

®

SYMAP

Frequency control area


- 67/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.5 Voltage regulator The voltage regulator parameter contains the settings for regulating the voltage within the BUS section (see figure 2-47). The voltage regulator works as a three-point controller. After a certain break time the difference between the voltage set point and the actual measured voltage will be calculated. With this voltage difference, the pulse time for the voltage regulator will be calculated. If the voltage difference (set point to actual measured voltage) is lower then the dead-band limit then the voltage regulator will be blocked. VOLTAGE REGULATOR 0958. – 0959. – 0960. – 0961. – 0962. – 0963. – 0964. – 0965. – 0966.REMOTE – 0967. – 0968.SETPOINT

switch by event: 1000 characteristic : ON->OFF setpoint : 100.0 % break time : 4.0 sec pulse time : 3.0 sec deadband : 2.0 % higher event lower event higher event : 0 lower event : 0 analog input : OFF BACK

Figure 2-40

Setting range: 0-9999 (event number) ON->OFF/OFF->ON 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 %

0-9999 (event number) 0-9999 (event number) OFF/CURR.1-4

EXIT

Voltage regulator


- switch by event : ON/OFF switch of voltage regulator function; all devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation!

0959.

- characteristic : Switch characteristic of voltage regulator ON/OFF switch parameter [0958]: •

“ON -> OFF”: If event of parameter [0958] is activated the voltage regulator will be switched off.

•

“OFF -> ON”: If event of parameter [0958] is activated the voltage regulator will be switched on.

0960.

- setpoint Set point for voltage regulator

0961.

- break time : Break time for the voltage regulator; the break time is the interval time for the controller. At the beginning of the break time, the pulse duration for the voltage control will be calculated and started.

- 68/208 -


:

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0962.

- pulse time : Pulse time of the voltage regulator; the pulse time depends on the difference between the set point and the actual measured voltage of the generator. The voltage control events [0964] and [0965] will be activated as long as the pulse time is running. The pulse time will be calculated as follows: Pulse time = voltage difference * Parameter [0962] / 100 Set this parameter to the max. time the generator needs to reach the setpoint.

0963.

- deadband : Deadband of the controller; if the voltage difference (set point to actual measured generator voltage) is under the deadband limit the controller will be blocked.

0964.

- higher event Event for voltage higher control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to increase the voltage of the generator. This event is used to activate a function output.

0965.

- lower event Event for voltage lower control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the regulator is active in combination with the demand to decrease the voltage of the generator. This event is used to activate a function output.

.

.

0966. REMOTE - higher event : 0967. - lower event : Over this events the voltage can be remotely controlled (e.g. over binary inputs, or communication). 0968. SETPOINT analog input : This parameter enables the voltage regulator setpoint over an analog input. The analog input must be enabled and the measure type of the analog input must be set to [%], otherwise parameter [0960] will be taken as the valid setpoint. The setpoint will be calculated from the nominal voltage parameter [0201]. The full and zero scale of the analog input works as a limitation.

®

SYMAP


- 69/208 -

Service Manual

Figure 2-41 shows the voltage band, including the common limit values and the corresponding restriction of the voltage regulator.

Parameter [1606]

Voltage U>>trip breaker [ANSI 59_2]

[0684]

U>abnormal

[1602]

U>alarm


[ANSI 59_1] [0201]

UN

[1102]

U< alarm

Operating area for voltage regulator

[ANSI 27_1] [0685]

[1104]

U

[ANSI 27_2]

Figure 2-41

- 70/208 -

Voltage regulator area


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.6 Power factor controller The parameters of the power factor contain the settings for balancing the reactive power load within the BUS section (see figure 2-42). The power factor controller works as a three-point controller. After a certain break time, the difference between the power factor set point and the actual measured power factor will be calculated. With this power factor difference, the pulse time for voltage higher and lower control will be calculated. The set point for the power factor regulator is the average net reactive power when the generators are operating in symmetrical load sharing mode. When the generators are in the asymmetrical load sharing mode, the set point for the power factor regulation is fixed by the setting of parameter [0979]. If the power difference (set point to actual power factor) is lower then the deadband then power factor control is blocked.

POWER FACTOR CONTROLLER

Setting range:

0970.SYM. – switch by event: 0 0971. – characteristic : ON->OFF 0972. – break time : 5.0 sec 0973. - pulse time : 3.0 sec 0974. – deadband : 2.0 % 0975. – higher event 0976. – lower event 0977.ASYM. – switch by event: 0 0978. – characteristic : ON->OFF 0979. – setpoint : 0.80 cap 0980.Controller condition : CAP 0981.Activation current limit: 0 %

0-9999 ON->OFF/OFF->ON 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 %

BACK Figure 2-42

0-9999 ON->OFF/OFF->ON 0.00-9.99 cap CAP/IND 0-9999 %

EXIT

Power factor controller

Parameter description: 0970. SYM. - switch by event : ON/OFF switch of power factor control function; all devices in one net must have this switch enabled for activation! 0971.

- characteristic : Switch characteristic of power factor control ON/OFF switch parameter [0970]:

0972.

•

“ON -> OFF”: If the switch event of parameter [0970] turns to active power factor control function will be switched off.

•

“OFF -> ON”: If the switch event of power factor control turns to active power factor control function will be switched on.

- break time : Break time for the power factor controller; the break time is the interval time for the controller. At the beginning of the break time, the pulse duration for the power factor control will be calculated and started.

®

SYMAP


- 71/208 -

Service Manual

0973.

- pulse time : Pulse time of the power factor controller; the pulse time depends on the difference between the set point and the actual measured power factor of the generator. The voltage control events [0975] and [0976] will be activated as long as the pulse time is running. Voltage control event [0975] is to increase the voltage (increase the ind. load) and event [0976] to decrease the voltage (increase the capacitive load). The pulse time will be calculated as follows: Pulse time = power factor difference * Parameter [0973] / 100 Set this parameter to the max. time the generator needs to reach the nominal voltage.

0974.

- deadband : Deadband of the controller; if the power factor difference (set point to actual measured power factor of the generator) is under the deadband limit the controller will be blocked.

0975.

- higher event Event for voltage higher control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the controller is active in combination with the demand to increase the voltage. This event should be used to activate a function output. See parameter [0980] to invert this event.

0976.

- lower event Event for voltage lower control; this event will be set when the pulse time of the controller is active in combination with the demand to decrease the voltage. This event should be used to activate a function output. See parameter [0980] to invert this event.

.

.

0977. ASYM. - switch by event : Special application for power factor controller; ON/OFF switch of asymmetrical power factor function; the function for this asymmetrical mode for the power factor controller can be switched on and off by activating this event. In the asymmetrical mode the power factor controller uses a fixed power factor set point parameter [0979], instead of the average power factor of the net. The asymmetrical PF mode is allowed if at minimum two generator sets feed the BUS. 0978.

0979.

- characteristic : Switch characteristic of asymmetrical power factor ON/OFF switch parameter [0977]: •

“ON -> OFF”: If event of asymmetrical power factor turns to active asymmetrical power factor function will be switched off.

•

“OFF -> ON”: If event of asymmetrical power factor turns to active asymmetrical load power factor function will be switched on.

- setpoint : Set point for the asymmetrical power factor controller; the range for this set point is 0-100, which is equal to a power factor of 0.00-1.00 (ind). This parameter can be changed also on the load page (Asym. PF).

0980. Controller condition : This parameter defines the regulator direction of the power factor controller (both the symmetrical and the asymmetrical). It simply inverts the output events [0975] and [0976]. 0981. Activation current limit : With this parameter a activation limit for the sym. and the asym. controller can be set. The limit refers to the measured generator average current. The other nodes will continue regulating without the deactivate node. This parameter can be disabled by setting it to zero.

- 72/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.7 Big consumer request (BCR) Within the power management function a load controller is available to manage big consumer requests (see figure 2-43). The load controller parameters contain the settings for the request and the control and the release of big consumers within the same BUS section. A maximum of 14 big consumers are managed by one device. After the request of a big consumer, the system checks the spinning reserve (valid load) of the corresponding net. Depending on the value of the spinning reserve, the load controller will start another diesel aggregates or release the big consumer directly. As long as the big consumer request is active, load depending stop of the power management will be blocked. BIG CONSUMER REQUEST (BCR) 0984. REQUEST 1 by event : 0985. – requested load : 0986. – analog feedback: 0987. – reserved : 0988. REQUEST 2 by event : 0989. – requested load : 0990. – analog feedback: 0991. – reserved : 0992. REQUEST 3 by event : 0993. – requested load : 0994. – analog feedback: BACK Figure 2-43

Setting range:

511 655 kW OFF

0-9999 0-65000 kW OFF/CURR.1-4

513 850 kW OFF

0-9999 0-65000 kW OFF/CURR.1-4

0 0 kW OFF ↓ EXIT

0-9999 0-65000 kW OFF/CURR.1-4

Big consumer request (BCR)-1

BIG CONSUMER REQUEST (BCR) 0995. 0996. 0997. 0998. 0999. 2370. 2371. 2372. 2373. 2374. 2375.

– REQUEST – – – REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST -

reserved : 4 by event : requested load : analog feedback: reserved : 5 by event : requested load : 6 by event : requested load : 7 by event : requested load : BACK

Figure 2-44

®

SYMAP

Setting range: ↑ 0 0 kW

OFF 0 0 kW 0 0 kW 0 0 kW↓ EXIT

0-9999 0-65000 kW OFF/CURR.1-4 0-9999 0-65000 kW 0-9999 0-65000 kW 0-9999 0-65000 kW



- 73/208 -

Service Manual

BIG CONSUMER REQUEST (BCR) 2376. 2377. 2378. 2379. 2380. 2381. 2382. 2383. 2384. 2385. 2386. 2387. 2388. 2389.

REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST REQUEST -

8 by event requested load 9 by event requested load 10 by event requested load 11 by event requested load 12 by event requested load 13 by event requested load 14 by event requested load

: : : : : : : : : : : : : :

BACK Figure 2-45

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

↑ kW kW kW kW kW kW kW

Setting range: 0-9999 0-65000 0-9999 0-65000 0-9999 0-65000 0-9999 0-65000 0-9999 0-65000 0-9999 0-65000 0-9999 0-65000

kW kW kW kW kW kW kW

EXIT


The load controller of the system operates in the following way: After a consumer request, the load controller evaluates the load of the BUS section, in which the consumer has been requested. Depending on the load situation, the load controller will release the big consumer directly or after it has started one or more engines. The following parameter description refers to Big Consumer Request 1, since each consumer requests (1-14) have similar parameters with the exception of the event numbers. The Big Consumer Requests 5-14 have no analog feedbacks. Release events for Big Consumer Requests 1-4: event numbers: 984,988,992,996. Release events for Big Consumer Requests 5-14: even event numbers: 2370 – 2388. Not available events for Big Consumer Requests 1-4: event numbers: 986,990,994,998. Not available events for Big Consumer Requests 5-14: odd event numbers: 2371 – 2389. Parameter description: 0984. REQUEST 1 by event : Request load-depending connection to Big Consumer 1; select event number (normally a function input) and via it, enter request; the event must be active steadily until the big consumer has been switched on. Should the signal remain on at the input, diesel stop will be blocked. (Use for bow thrusters operation.) 0985.

- requested load : Enter power of Consumer 1; if there is sufficient reserve power event [0984] will be set without a delay. If there isn’t sufficient power one or more diesel engines will be started. If after switching on the additional diesel engines sufficient power becomes available event [0984] will be set after the load balancing delay time (set with parameter [0189]). Event [0984] should be put on an output relay. If the power is not available event [0986] will be activated (for alarm).

- 74/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0986.

- analog feedback : Load state of big consumer during operation; via an analogous input, the load state of the big consumer (actual load referring to nominal load) can be sent to the load controller. With this additional information, the load controller can reserve the required load at the BUS. If the reserved load of the big consumer is higher than the valid load within the BUS section one or more engines will be started, if available. This additional function of the load controller works when the request event (event [0984]) is active. Use one of the four analogous inputs of the basic unit of the system (Analogue in 4-20 mA). Example: If a 4-20 mA input is selected then an analogous signal of 4 mA means that no power of the consumer is in use. 20 mA means the total power of the consumer parameter [0985] is in use. The feedbacks can be activated with the related parameters [0986], [0990], [0994] or [0998]. The measure type of the selected analog input must be set to "%" or "Load [%]". The reserved power will be calculated from the actual analog input value if the request gets released. Example for request 1: the requested load (parameter [0985]) is 500 kW. The actual analog input value is 10 %. So, the actual reserved power for this request is 450 kW. The system collects the feedbacks of all released requests. If another request gets active, the reserved power for all previously released requests are taken into account. This is done by reducing the actual spinning reserve by the amount of all present reserved power for all released requests with analog feedbacks. The spinning reserve display on the PM page shows this reduced value. The PM load depending starting (only the average load limits) and stopping (only the stop load limit) are also affected by active analog feedbacks. This functions uses a modified actual net load if there are active analog feedbacks in the net. This modified actual net load will be calculated by adding the present reserved power for all released requests to the actual net load. The modified actual net load is not shown on the display, or transferred via communication. Big consumer requests with analog feedbacks will not block the PM stop condition (parameter [0913])! The present reserved power will be shown on the PM page (same line as NET kW) if there are active analog feedbacks in the net.

®

SYMAP


- 75/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.8 Blackout The blackout module offers a powerful supervisory system, which is capable of managing all emergency situations in one net (see figure 2-46). Setting range:

BLACKOUT 0230. 0231. 0232. 0233. 0234. 0235. 0236. 0237. 0238. 0239. 0240. 0241. 0242. 0243. 0244. 0245. 0246.

BUS 1 – blackout by : 0 – mains monitor : REDUNDANT – voltage limit: 40.0 % – start delay : 2.0 sec – start diesel : NEXT – stop enable by : 2957 – stop delay : 0 sec BUS 2 – blackout by : 0 – mains monitor : ON – voltage limit: 40.0 % – start delay : 2.0 sec - stop enable by : 2957 – stop delay : 0 sec STOP BUS 1,2 blocked by: 522 STOP preliminary output START BUS 1 blocked by : 0 START BUS 2 blocked by : 0 BACK

Figure 2-46

0-9999 event OFF/SINGLE/REDUNDANT 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec ALL/NEXT/OWN/SEQUENCE 0-9999 event 0-9999 sec 0-9999 event OFF/ON 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec 0-9999 event 0-9999 sec 0-9999 event 0-9999 event 0-9999 event

EXIT

Blackout

Parameter description: 0230. BUS1 - blackout by : Blackout 1 will be recognized if this event is active (e.g. function input). 0231.

- mains monitor : Blackout recognition via mains monitor; the mains monitor supervises the BUS1 voltage when this parameter is set to SINGLE or REDUNDANT. Redundancy means that all devices in one net must recognize the BUS1 voltage limit.

0232.

- voltage limit : If parameter [0231] is enabled and one of the 3 lines of BUS1 voltage is lower than the limit of parameter [0232] then the mains monitor condition is fulfilled and event [0232] will be set.

0233.

- start delay : The delay will start if the blackout event condition [0230] or the mains monitor condition [0232] occurs. If the delay is passed blackout BUS1 start condition is fullfiled and event [0233] will be set.

- 76/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0234.

- start diesel : The starting mode can be set by this parameter. All devices in one net should have this parameter set to the same value. There are several possibilities according to the mode: •

“ALL”:

All stand-by diesels will start and close their CBs.

•

“NEXT”:

The first stand-by diesel will start.

•

“OWN”:

The own diesel (if in standby) will start.

•

“SEQUENCE”:

All stand-by diesels will start but only the generator with the highest priority will close its CB. After that, the other generator will cancel the startphase and remain running. If the first generator fails to close its CB within 3 seconds, the generator with the next highest priority has the permission to close its CB.

NOTE: If more than one generator is started (by any source) and no CB is closed in the net a special interlock function becomes active. This function assures that only one generator at the same time has the permission to close the CB. The permission time is limited to 3 seconds. The other generators will remain waiting with blocked synchronic-events [1023],[1053] and[1083]. 0235. 0236.

- stop enable by : - stop delay : The stop delay gets activated if parameter [0235] is activated, the diesel is running and Blackout 1 is inactive. If the delay is passed and if Automatic has been selected and if event [0243] is inactive then the “own” diesel will be stopped.

0237. BUS2 - blackout by : Blackout 2 will be recognized if this event is active (e.g. function input). 0238.

- mains monitor : Blackout recognition via mains monitor; the mains monitor supervises the BUS2 voltage if parameter [0238] is switched to ON.

0239.

- voltage limit : If parameter [0231] is activated and one of the three lines of BUS2 voltage is lower than the limit of parameter [0239] then the mains monitor condition will be fulfilled and event [0239] will be set.

0240.

- start delay : The delay will start if the Blackout Event Condition [0237] or the Mains Monitor Condition [0239] occurs. If the delay is over event [0240] will be set and the device will start the “own” diesel (if in stand-by).

0241. 0242.

- stop enable by : - stop delay : The stop delay gets activated if event [0241] is activated, the diesel is running and if Blackout 2 is inactive. If the delay is over and Automatic and event [0243] is inactive, the device will stop the “own” diesel.

0243. STOP BUS1/2 blocked by : The stopping of Blackout 1 or 2 can be blocked with this event. 0244. STOP preliminary output The event [0244] will be activated if the Delay [0236] or [0242] is passed and the stop is blocked by event [0243] or manual mode. .

0245. START BUS1 blocked by : The starting of Blackout 1 can be blocked with this event. ®

SYMAP


- 77/208 -

Service Manual

0246. START BUS2 blocked by : The starting of Blackout 2 can be blocked with this event. NOTE: For an automatic stop after blackout, it is advisable to use the event [2957] (blackout start source) on parameters [0235] or [0241], because the event [2957] will be set on blackout start and will remain active until the engine is stopped by any source.

- 78/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

For details related to the blackout function, refer to the figure 2-47.

P [0234]: OWN AUTOM.

P [0230]: by event

&

&

P [0232]:

START OWN

&

E [0233]

≥1

P [0231]: SINGLE/

E [0245] (start blocked

Limit reached

1

All net

& P [0234]:

CAN 1 - Bus

P [0234]: NEXT

One node by P [0230] All nodes with REDUNDANT: Limit reached One node with SINGLE limit

P [0237]: by t

&

START ALL STANDBYS

E [0240]

≥1

P [0238]: ON

&

P [0239]:

START NEXT STANDBY

≥1

P [0234]: ALL/SEQUENCE

Maste

BUS1

&

AUTOM.

Limit reached

START OWN

E [0246] (start blocked

2

BUS2

&

E [0235] (stop enable AUTOM.

Engine

&

P [0234]: OWN

P [0236]

& ≥1

& 1

STOP OWN

≥1

P [0234]: No net node with Blackout 1

&

≥1

E [0244] Preliminary Output event

E [0243] (stop blocked E [0241] (stop enable P [0242] Engine

2 Stop 1/2 Figure 2-47

®

SYMAP

&

& AUTOM.

Blackout logic


- 79/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.9 Engine control The diesel control unit of the system controls and supervises the starting and stopping sequences of the aggregate. The diesel control group contains the general parameter for speed adjustment and prelubricating interval (see figure 2-48). Setting range:

ENGINE CONTROL 0260. 0261. 0262. 0263. 0264. 0265. 0266. 0267. 0268. 0269. 0270. 0271. 0272. 0273. 0274. 0275. 0276. 0277.

Engine control : ON SPEED – nominal : 1800 rpm – ignition : 15.0 % – running up : 85.0 % – overspeed : 150.0 % TACHO - input : OFF PICKUP - input : ON – impuls / rev. : 4 LIMITS – n max. diff. : 10.0 % – n high limit : 105.0 % – n low limit : 95.0 % PRELUBRICATE -pulsetime: 20 sec -breaktime: 500 sec Alarmblocking delay : 5.0 sec ENGINE - speed preset : 0.0 % - activate by : 0 ev. MDEC disable Cyl.Cutout: 0 ev. Ignition by event : 0 ev. BACK

Figure 2-48

OFF/ON 0-99999 rpm 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % OFF/CURR.1-4 OFF/ON/IGNITION/BIN.INP. 0-9999 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0-99999 sec 0-99999 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0-9999 0-9999 0-9999

EXIT

Engine control

Parameter description: 0260. Engine control : Main switch for engine control; by setting this parameter to “ON”, the engine control function (starting and stopping of the aggregate) will be activated. 0261. SPEED - nominal : Nominal speed of the engine; the nominal speed of the engine should be given in revolutions per minute (RPM). 0262.

- ignition : Ignition speed limit; the ignition speed limit will be used within the starting phase to switch off the start valve when the speed signal exceeds this limit.

0263.

- running up : Running-up speed limit; the running-up speed limit will be used within the starting phase to recognize that the engine is ready to take load.

0264.

- overspeed : Overspeed limit; the overspeed limit can be used for the alarm system. This event number should be used to activate an alarm channel.

- 80/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0265.TACHO - input : Analogous input for speed measurement; if a tacho generator gives the speed signal of the engine one of the four analogous inputs of the basic unit should be used. The adjustment setting of the analogous inputs is done within the parameter group “analog inputs” (see chapter 2.5). 0266. PICKUP - input : 0267. - impuls /rev. : Pick-up input for speed measurement; if a pick-up system provides the speed signal parameter [0266] should be set to “ON”. The number of impulses the pick-up system recognizes during one revolution has to be set with parameter [0267]. If parameter [0266] is set to “IGNITION” and at the pickup input is a high-signal the device will take the limit from parameter [0262] as the pickup speed value. The pickup input can be used as a common binary input (Event [0266]) if parameter [0266] is set to “BIN.INP”. 0268. LIMITS - n max. diff. : The speed signal can be measured via three speed channels: tacho generator, pick-up system and via the generator voltage signal. Depending on which speed measuring system is active, the speed signals of the respective channel are compared among themselves. When the measured speed signal differs more than this limit, event [0268] will be activated. Use this event number to activate a alarm. The following two parameters are speed limit events. These events will be activated when the speed signal fulfills the corresponding conditions. They can be used for alarming. 0269.

- n high limit : High speed limit; event [0269] will be activated if the speed signal is higher than this limit.

0270.

- n low limit : Low speed limit; event [0270] will be activated if the speed signal is lower than this limit.

0271. PRELUBRICATE - pulsetime : 0272. - breaktime : Prelubricating interval; for prelubricating the engine a pulse and a break time can be defined. During the prelubricating pulse time, event [0271] is activated. This event has to be used to activate prelubrication via a function output. After the pulse time is passed, the break time will be started. Prelubrication works only in automatic mode. If the mode is started from manual to automatic then prelubricating process will be introduced and started with the pulse time. The following events introduce the prelubrication process.

®

SYMAP


- 81/208 -

Service Manual

0273.Alarmblocking delay : For diesel engines it is necessary to block some alarm channels which are related to engine warnings. The alarm blocking event [0273] will be activated immediately when the speed signal falls below the ignition limit or if the running down phase event [0658] is active or the fixed delay event [0659] is active (see figure 2-49). If the speed signal reaches the ignition limit again event [0273] will be inactive after the setted delay is over. P [0273] E [0262] n > ignition E [0658] Running down time

≥1

E [0273]

E [0659] Stopp fixed delay

Figure 2-49

Alarm blocking logic

0274. ENGINE - speed preset : 0275. - activate by : The speed will be set to parameter [0274] (in %) if the event set by parameter [0275] gets active. If MDEC is active the speed (analog speed) will be sent to the MDEC unit for the fixed time of 2 sec. After the 2 sec the speed demand will be reset to UP/DOWN. The preset is disabled if parameter [0274] = 0. 0276. MDEC disable Cyl.Cutout : If the event is active the Cyl.Cutout 1+2 of the MDEC Controller are both disabled. 0277. Ignition by event : If the event is active the ignition speed is reached. Parameter [0266] must be set to “OFF” if this parameter [0277] is in use.

- 82/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2.10.10

Starting phase

The parameters of the starting phase contain the settings for control and supervision of the engine during the starting phase (see figure 2-50). Setting range:

ENGINE STARTING PHASE 0630.PREGLOWING - max time : 4.0 0631. – shorten by: 0 0632.START VALVE – max trials: 3 0633. – fuel valve: NO 0634. – at RPM=0 : NO 0635. – max time : 5.0 0636. – BREAKTIME : 10.0 0637.RUNNING UP - max time *: 20.0 0638. – min volt. : 90.0 0639.READY TO TAKE LOAD time : 3.0 0640.SYNCHRONIZING max time *: 120.0 0641.Start next after 1 trial: NO 0642.Cancel if n > ignition : NO 0643.Cancel start by event : 0 0644.Start counter : 0 0645.All start trials in MANU: NO BACK Figure 2-50

sec

sec sec sec % sec sec

0.0-999.9 sec 0-9999 0-9999 NO/YES NO/YES 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9% 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec NO/YES/BLACKOUT/NO START NO/YES 0-9999 0-65535 NO/YES

EXIT

Starting phase

The starting sequence includes a maximum of five phases (see also figure 2-50): 1. Preglowing time The first phase of the start procedure is used to preglow the engine. This phase can be shortened by an event. 2. Start time After preglowing the engine, the start time is activated. During this period the start valve will be activated to run up the engine. This phase can be shortened by reaching the ignition speed. After reaching the ignition speed, the start valve will be reset. 3. Running-up time The running-up time is a supervision time. If during this period the engine can not reach the running-up speed and minimum voltage limit a fail event will be issued. 4. Ready-to-take-load time After reaching running-up conditions, the ready-to-take-load phase will be started. During this time the engine has to stabilize the speed before starting synchronization + or in case of blackout, the engine has to take the load immediately. 5. Synchronizing period During the synchronizing time, the speed and voltage controller try to synchronize the diesel generator to the BUS. In case both systems are synchronized, the circuit breaker on command will be issued.

®

SYMAP


- 83/208 -

Service Manual

Parameter description: 0630. PREGLOWING - max time : Preglowing of the engine; this time defines the preglowing period of the engine. The starting phase of the aggregate begins with the preglowing period. After this period the starting valve will be set. If no preglowing time is required the time should be set to zero. If the preglowing time is running event [0630] will be set by the system. This event is used to activate a function output. 0631.

- shorten by : The preglowing period (see parameter [0630]) can be interrupted by an event. If the event (defined with this parameter) is active the preglowing period will be interrupted and the start valve will be activated.

0632. START VALVE - max trials : Number of start attempts; if the engine speed is below the ignition limit the start procedure will be separated into three phases: 1. preglowing, 2. the start time (start valve) and if the engine has not reached the ignition speed, 3.the break time. The number of starts to be attempted should be entered here. At the end of the last unsuccessful start attempt, a start fault alarm will be displayed. 0633.

- fuel valve : If a fuel oil valve is in use this parameter has to be set to “ON.” During start or operation of the diesel engine, the event [0660] is always active. This event becomes inactive within the stopping phase or if the engine is stopped (see figure 2-56). E [0262] n > ignition

Startphase

≥1 &

E [0660]

Stopphase

Figure 2-51

0634.

Fuel oil valve logic

- at RPM=0 : When the engine speed reaches 0 rpm the start valve can be set. •

“YES”: Start process is initialised here when the speed = 0. With this, break time may be prolonged (for electro starters).

•

“NO”:

Start process is initialized at the end of break time even if the diesel engine still operates below ignition speed.

0635.

- max time : Maximum energizing time of start relay during start phase; use event [0635] to set the function output for the start relay.

0636.

- BREAKTIME : Break time between start attempts during start phase

0637. RUNNING UP - max time * : 0638. - min volt. : Running-up supervision time; the maximum supervising time allowed between rising above ignition speed and reaching running-up speed should be entered here. The diesel generator is run up if the speed signal is above the running-up limit parameter [0263] and the voltage of the generator is higher than the minimum voltage of parameter [0638]. - 84/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0639. READY TO TAKE LOAD time : After the diesel generator reaches the run-up conditions (see parameters [0637] and [0638]) the ready-to-take-load delay will operate. This time delay is used to stabilize the speed of the engine. After this delay time the next phase of the starting procedure will be introduced (e.g. switch on the synchronizing unit). 0640. SYNCHRONIZING max time * : Synchronizing supervision time; if the diesel generator is ready to take load event [0640] will be activated. With this event one of the 3 synchronizing units can be activated. To supervise the synchronizing phase, a time limit can be entered. If after this time the circuit breaker is not connected to the BUS a start failure will be issued. 0641. Start next after 1.trial

:

•

“NO”:

After the last unsuccessful start attempt (see parameter [0632]), the next available diesel engine of the same BUS section will be started.

•

“YES”:

After the first unsuccessful start attempt (see parameter [0632]), the next available diesel engine of the same BUS section will be started.

•

“BLACKOUT”: After the first unsuccessful start attempt the next generator will be started if Blackout 1 or 2 (event [0233] or [0240]) is active on that device.

•

“NO START”:

no diesel engine will be started in any cases.

0642. Cancel if n > ignition : With this parameter an additional condition for the start phase cancellation can be defined: •

“NO”:

•

“YES”: cancel the start phase if the CB is closed and if the speed reaches the ignition limit

cancel the start phase if the CB is closed

0643. Cancel start by event : If this event is active any start will be cancelled or blocked. 0644. Start counter : Counts the start valves (event [0635]); this counter is also shown on the Diesel overview page. 0645. All start trials in MANU : Only one start trial will be executed (without start failure supervision) if this parameter is set on “NO” and a start command is given over the front key and the device is in “MANUAL”. Otherwise all trials are issued (with start failure supervision).

®

SYMAP


- 85/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.11

Stopping phase

The parameters of the stopping phase include the settings for control and supervision of the engine during the stopping phase (see figure 2-52). ENGINE STOPPING PHASE

Setting range:

0650.Stop abort if last gen. : NO 0651.ALARM DELAY – max time : 120.0 sec 0652.LOAD REDUCT. – by event : 511 0653. – loadlimit: 5.0 % 0654. – max time : 20.0 sec 0655. – CB OFF 0656.COOLING DOWN – time : 120.0 sec 0657. – if alarm : NO 0658.RUNNING-DOWN – max time : 30.0 sec 0659.FIXED DELAY - time : 10.0 sec 0660.Stop valve event 0661.Emergency stop by event : 517 ev. 0662.Stop interlock by event : 519 ev. 0663.Cancel stop by event : 0 ev. 0664.No abort of stopphase : 0 ev. 0665.LOAD RED. pulse/pause by: 0 ev. 0666.No cooling down phase : 0 ev. BACK Figure 2-52

YES/NO 0.0-999.9 sec 0-9999 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec event number 0.0-999.9 sec YES/NO 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 sec event number 0-9999 event number 0-9999 event number 0-9999 event number 0-9999 event number 0-9999 event number 0-9999 event number

EXIT

Stopping phase

The stopping sequence includes at maximum four phases (see also figure 3-52): 1. Alarm stop delay This phase will be used to start and connect another diesel aggregate to the BUS before the engine is stopped. 2. Off with load reduction Within this phase, the load of the diesel generator is reduced with the speed lower signal. If the load is under a certain limit the circuit breaker will be disconnected. 3. Running-down phase The running-down phase is a supervision period. During this period, the speed of the engine is reduced via the stop valve output. If the speed signal does not fall below the ignition speed during that time an alarm event will be issued. 4. Stop delay fixed time During the stop delay fixed time the event for the stop valve will be set. This event is used to ensure that the engine reaches zero speed. Parameter description: 0650. Stop abort if last gen. : Block stop order supervision; this parameter should be set to “YES,” if you want to block the stop order when the corresponding diesel generator is the last aggregate loading the BUS. Stop orders introduced by alarms with any priority and the immediate stop order from the keyboard or by event [0661] will stop the engine regardless of this parameter.

- 86/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0651.ALARM DELAY - max time : Stop delay time; if an alarm (see chapter 1.3) with priority 2, 6, 8 or 9 introduces a stop of the engine the beginning of the stopping phase can be delayed with this delay time. This period of time is used to start and connect another diesel generator to the BUS. The alarm delay maximum time can be shortened if another diesel generator is connected to the BUS before this time has passed. 0652. LOAD REDUCT. - by event : The load reduction phase will be introduced automatically within the stopping phase. If another event activates the load reduction function (e.g. off-switch at the front door of the cubical) then the event number should be set here. Event [0652] is also the speed lower event and can be used on an binary output. 0653.

- loadlimit : Load limit for load reduction function; during the off with load reduction phase, the speed lower event will be set by the system until the load of the diesel generator is below this limit. Then the circuit breaker will be disconnected.

0654.

- max time : Maximum time for load reduction phase; if the load reduction phase is not finished within this supervision time, a failure event will be issued.

0655.

- CB OFF Event for circuit breaker OFF command; this event number can be used to give out the circuit breaker OFF command. .

0656. COOLING DOWN - time : If the load reduction phase is finished the cooling down of the engine will be introduced. A period of time in which the engine should cool down with nominal speed should be entered here. 0657.

- if alarm : If an alarm with priority 2, 6 or 8 activates the stopping of the engine the user can decide whether or not the cooling down period of the engine will also be activated.

0658. RUNNING-DOWN - max time : Running-down supervision time; a supervision period in which the speed of the engine should fall below the ignition speed limit while the stop valve is active should be entered here. 0659. FIXED DELAY - time : Stop delay fixed time; if the speed signal is lower then the ignition speed limit the stop delay fixed time starts. During this period the stop valve will be activated. 0660. Stop valve event Event number for stop valve; this event number is used to activate a function output that is connected to the stop valve (relay). .

0661. Emergency stop by event : If the event (e.g. a function input) becomes active an emergency stop will be introduced. 0662. Stop interlock by event : If the event (e.g. a function input) is active all stop sources will be blocked (even alarm stops), with the exception of emergency stops by key or by event [0661]. 0663. Cancel stop by event : If this event is active any stop (even emergency stops) will be cancelled or blocked. ®

SYMAP


- 87/208 -

Service Manual

0664. No abort of stopphase : An interruption of any stop phase (through any start source) is not possible if the event set under parameter [0664] is active. Furthermore all starts are blocked. 0665. LOAD RED. pulse/pause by : The pulse/pause function for the load reduction phase can be enabled with this event switch. The pulse/pause times will be taken from the Load sharing parameters [2494] and [2495] (must be greater zero!). The function works in all Load reduction modes (within the stop phase, or “by event”). Event [0652] (n<) will be filtered by the event history. 0666. No cooling down phase : If active, no cooling down phase will be introduced.

- 88/208 -


®

SYMAP

Figure 2-53

SYMAP

®


[271]

[113]

[652]

[273]

FEEDBACK BREAKER ON

n< (SPEED LOWER)

ALARM BLOCKING

PREGLOWING

START VALVE (BREAK TIME)

[635]

[630]

3) GENERATOR VOLTAGE

2) EVENT IS ACTIVE AS LONG ACTIVE AS THE BREAKER IS CLOSED

1) A. C. B. OFF WITH LOAD REDUCTION IS AS LONG ACTIVE AS THE BREAKER IS SWITCHED OFF

DISPLAY INDICATION

[655]

[xxx]

BREAKER ON NEXT DIESEL

BREAKER OFF

[661]

PRELUBRICATION

[660]

FUEL VALVE

STOP VALVE

[635]

[635]

START VALVE

EMERGENCY STOP

[630]

[635]

PREGLOW

BOOSTER VALVES

START TIME (1)

PREGLOW TIME

IMMEDIATE START

OPERATOIN/ SYNCHRONI. WORKING

[640]

[659]

READY TO TAKE LOAD

SYNCHRONISING SUPERVISED TIME (2)

WAITING FOR TAKE LOAD TIME

3)

ALARM BLOCKING RELEASE

DIESEL OPERATION

BREAKER ON

ALL NOTES IN BRACKETS ARE REFERING TO THE PARAMETER RECORD OF SYMAP®

RUNNING UP

[637]

SUPERVISED TIME (2)

RUNNING UP

[273]

TIME FOR RELEASE ALARM BLOCKING

RATED SPEED / VOLTAGE

~ ~

EVENTS (OUTPUTS):

IGNITION SPEED [262]

RUNNING UP SPEED [263]

NOMINAL RATED SPEED 100% [261]

OVERSPEED [264]

SPEED / %

START

t (TIME)

Service Manual

Starting procedure of the diesel generator

- 89/208 -

- 90/208 -

Figure 2-54

SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc [xxx] [655] [271] [113] [652] [273]

BREAKER OFF

PRELUBRICATION

FEEDBACK BREAKER ON

n< (SPEED LOWER)

ALARM BLOCKING

ALARM 2 DLEAY

REDUCTION

[651]

REDUCTION

LOAD 1)

2) EVENT IS ACTIVE AS LONG ACTIVE AS THE BREAKER IS CLOSED

[655]

OFF WITH LOAD

1)

BREAKER OFF

AL.2 STOP DELAY TIME

DELAYED STOP

1) A. C. B. OFF WITH LOAD REDUCTION IS AS LONG ACTIVE AS THE BREAKER IS SWITCHED OFF

DISPLAY INDICATION

[661]

[660]

STOP VALVE

EMERGENCY STOP

[635]

FUEL VALVES

BREAKER ON NEXT DIESEL

[635]

[635 + 637]

[630]

START VALVE

BOOSTER VALVES

PREGLOW

EVENTS (OUTPUTS):

IGNITION SPEED [262]

RUNNING UP SPEED [263]

NOMINAL RATED SPEED 100% [261]

OVERSPEED [264]

SPEED / %

DELAYED ALARM STOP

COOLING DOWN

2)

[656]

COOLING DOWN TIME

2)

RUNNING DOWN

[658]

RUNNING DOWN SUPERVISE TIME (2)

STOP FIXED

[659]

STOP DELAY FIXED TIME

t (TIME)

ALL NOTES IN BRACKETS ARE REFERING TO THE PARAMETER RECORD OF SYMAP®

IMMEDIATE STOP

Service Manual

Stopping procedure of the diesel generator

SYMAP

®

Service Manual

2.10.12

Preferential trip limits/Abnormal BUS condition

With the parameter group “preferential trip limits,” the conditions for non-essential consumer trip and abnormal BUS situation can be defined (see figure 2-55). Setting range:

PREFERENTIAL TRIP LIMITS 0670. 0671. 0672. 0673. 0674. 0675. 0676. 0677. 0678. 0679. 0680. 0681. 0682. 0683. 0684. 0685. 0686. 0687.

HIGH CURRENT – – – – – – – – LOW FREQUENCY

1. limit: 70.0 % delay: 30.0 sec 2. limit: 75.0 % delay: 15.0 sec 3. limit: 80.0 % delay: 5.0 sec 4. limit: 0.0 % delay: 0.0 sec – limit: 0.0 % – delay: 0.0 sec HIGH LOAD – limit: 0.0 % – delay: 0.0 sec BUS1 ABNORM.- overfreq.: 51.50 Hz - underfreq: 48.50 Hz – overvolt.: 105.0 % – undervolt: 95.0 % - delay: 10.0 sec PREF.TRIP –check limits: NET BACK

Figure 2-55

0.0-999.9 % 0.5…999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0.5…999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0.5…999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0.5…999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0.5…999.9 sec 0.0-999.9 % 0.5…999.9 sec 0.00-99.99 Hz 0.00-99.99 Hz 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0.5…999.9 sec OWN/NET

(0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps)

(0.5 sec steps)

EXIT

Preferential trip limits

Parameter description: Preferential trip settings [0670] to [0681]: 0670. HIGH CURRENT - 1. limit : Setting of the first current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured current reaches this limit event [0670] will be activated. 0671.

delay : If event [0670] is active and this delay time is passed event [0671] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0670] (including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0672.

- 2. limit : Setting of the second current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured current reaches this limit event [0672] will be activated.

0673.


0674.

- 3. limit : Setting of the third current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured current reaches this limit event [0674] will be activated. ®

SYMAP


- 91/208 -

Service Manual

0675.


0676.

- 4. limit : Setting of the fourth current limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured current reaches this limit event [0676] will be activated.

0677.

- delay : If event [0676] is active and this delay time is passed event [0677] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0676] (including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0678. LOW FREQUENCY - limit : Setting of the low frequency limit event for preferential trip purpose; this limit will only be checked if the CB is closed. If the actual measured frequency falls below this limit event [0678] will be activated. 0679.

- delay : If event [0678] is active and this delay time is passed event [0679] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value exceeds the limit of parameter [0678] (including 0.1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0680. HIGH LOAD - limit : Setting of the high load limit event for preferential trip purpose; if the actual measured power reaches this limit event [0680] will be activated. 0681.

- delay : If event [0680] is active and this delay time is passed event [0681] will be activated and remains active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0680] (including 1% hysteresis). This parameter should be used for the alarm controller.

0687. PREF.TRIP - check limits : This parameter is related to the limits [0670] to [0681], not to the abnormal BUS limits. •

“OWN”:

check only the own device

•

“NET”:

check all devices in the same net

Abnormal BUS1 settings [0682] to [0686]: 0682. BUS1 ABNORM. - overfreq. : Setting of the overfrequency limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured BUS1 frequency reaches this limit event [0682] will be activated. 0683.

- underfreq : Setting of the underfrequency limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured BUS1 frequency falls below this limit event [0683] will be set.

0684.

- overvolt. : Setting of the overvoltage limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured BUS1 voltage reaches this limit event [0684] will be activated.

0685.

- undervolt : Setting of the under voltage limit event for abnormal BUS1 purpose; if the actual measured BUS1 voltage falls below this limit event [0685] will be activated.

- 92/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0686.

- delay : If one of the above conditions (events [0682] to [0685]) is active and this delay time is passed then event [0686] will be activated. Use this event number for abnormal BUS alarm.

®

SYMAP


- 93/208 -

Service Manual

2.10.13

Additional limits

With these additional limits the user can define further events for his application (see figure 2-56). The time delays of these limits are not as exact as the delay time of the ANSI devices. ADDITIONAL LIMITS 0280. 0281. 0282. 0283. 0284. 0285. 0286. 0287. 0288. 0289. 0290. 0291. 0292. 0293. 0294. 0295. 0296. 0297. 0298. 0299.

OVERSPEED

– – OVERVOLTAGE – – OVERCURRENT – – OVERLOAD (OWN) – – OVERLOAD (NET) – – PF CAP. LOW – – PF IND. LOW – – REVERSE POWER – – REACT.POWER IND.– – NETLOAD excl.OWN–

limit: 105.0 % delay: 0.5 sec limit: 115.0 % delay: 2.5 sec limit: 90.0 % delay: 2.5 sec limit: 95.0 % delay: 0.5 sec limit: 85.0 % delay: 0.5 sec limit: 0.75 delay: 4.0 sec limit: 0.75 delay: 4.0 sec limit: 10.0 % delay: 0.5 sec limit: 40.0 % delay: 0.5 sec limit: 10.0 % delay: 0.5 sec BACK

Figure 2-56

Setting range: 0.0-999.9 0.5…999.9 0.0-999.9 0.5…999.9 0.0-999.9 0.5…999.9 0.0-999.9 0.5…999.9 0.0-999.9 0.5…999.9 0.00-1.00 0.5…999.9 0.00-1.00 0.5…999.9 0.0-999.9 0.5…999.9 0.0-999.9 0.5…999.9 0.0-999.9 0.5…999.9

% sec % sec % sec % sec % sec

(0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps)

sec (0.5 sec steps) sec % sec % sec % sec

(0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps) (0.5 sec steps)

EXIT

Additional limits

Parameter description: 0280. OVERSPEED - limit : Setting of an additional overspeed limit; if the actual measured speed signal exceeds this limit event [0280] will be activated. 0281.

- delay : If event [0280] is active and this delay time is passed event [0281] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0280] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0282. OVERVOLTAGE - limit : Setting of an additional overvoltage limit; if the actual measured voltage exceeds this limit, event [0282] will be activated. 0283.


0284. OVERCURRENT - limit : Setting of an additional over current limit; if the actual measured current exceeds this limit event [0284] will be activated.

- 94/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

0285.


0286. OVERLOAD (OWN) - limit : Setting of an additional overload limit; if the actual measured load of the feeder exceeds this limit event [0286] will be activated. 0287.


0288. OVERLOAD (NET) - limit : Setting of an additional overload limit; if the actual measured load of the BUS section (net) exceeds this limit event [0288] will be activated. 0289.


0290. PF CAP. LOW - limit : Setting of a capacitive power factor limit; if the actual measured capacitive power factor falls below this limit event [0290] will be activated. 0291.

- delay : If event [0290] is active and this delay time is passed event [0291] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value exceeds the limit of parameter [0290] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0292. PF IND. LOW - limit : Setting of a inductive power factor limit; if the actual measured inductive power factor falls below this limit event [0292] will be activated. 0293.

- delay : If event [0292] is active and this delay time is passed event [0293] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value exceeds the limit of parameter [0292] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions.

0294. REVERSE POWER - limit : Setting of an additional reverse power limit; if the actual measured reverse power exceeds this limit event [0294] will be activated. 0295.


0296. REACT.POWER IND. - limit : Setting of a reactive inductive power limit; if the actual measured reactive power (inductive area only) exceeds this limit event [0296] will be activated. 0297.

- delay : If event [0296] is active and this delay time is passed event [0297] will be activated and remain active as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [0296] (including 1% hysteresis). This event number should be used for control functions. ®

SYMAP


- 95/208 -

Service Manual

0298. NETLOAD excl.OWN - limit : Setting of a special overload limit; if the actual measured load of the BUS section (net), without the own load, exceeds this limit, event [0298] will be activated. This event can be used to cancel a stopping phase if the future net load becomes to high, during load reduction. For this purpose set event [0298] on parameter [0187] (remote start) and the device will make a restart of the engine. 0299.

- delay : If event [0298] is active and this delay time is passed event [0299] will be activated.

- 96/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3 Relay settings Figures 3-1 to 3-3 show the ANSI device list, a list of the relay protection functions of which SYMAP® is capable. ANSI-DEVICE LIST 15 24 25 /A 27 27 B 32 37 40 Q 46 47 49 50BF

Matching device (motorpoti) Overexcitation relay Synchronizing relay Undervoltage relay Bus undervoltage relay Overload relay Undercurrent relay (motor) Loss of excitation relay Reverse phase relay Phase sequence voltage relay Thermal overload Breaker failure

SYSTEM

ALARMS

↓

EXIT

Figure 3-1 ANSI-DEVICE LIST-1

ANSI-DEVICE LIST 50 50G/N 51 51G/N 51LR 59 59 B 64/59N 66 67 67GS/GD 78 SYSTEM

Instantaneous overcurrent Instant. ground overcurrent AC time overcurrent AC time ground overcurrent Locked rotor (motor) Overvoltage relay Bus overvoltage relay Overvoltage ground relay Start inhibit (motor) AC directional overcurrent AC directional ground relay Vector surge supervision ALARMS

↑

↓

EXIT


®

SYMAP


- 97/208 -

Service Manual

ANSI-DEVICE LIST 78 S 79 81 81 B 86 87 87N 94 95i FF AL CW SYSTEM

Out of step tripping AC reclosing relay Frequency relay Bus frequency relay Lockout relay Differential protection Restrict earth fault relay Supervision relay Inrush blocking relay Fuse failure (voltages) Auxiliary limits Contact wear measurement ALARMS

↑

EXIT


- 98/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.1

ANSI 15 – Matching device (motorpoty)

With this functions it is possible to convert the speed and voltage binary event signals (UP/DOWN) from any sources to analog values, and proceed them to analog outputs or to the PWM output, in order to perform an analog regulation. The sources of binary event signals are all three-point-regulators (Load sharing, Frequency controller, Voltage regulation...), and any other sources, like communication, manual, binary inputs. NOTE: This function is only operating with SYMAP XG/BCG! ANSI 15

Matching device (motorpoti)

1025. SPEED device enable : ANALOG 1026. – convert pulse: 1 sec= 1.0 mA 1027. – output preset : 90.0 % 1028. – activate preset by: 524 1097. - PWM frequency : 500 Hz 1098. - PWM amplitude max : 100.0 % 1099. - PWM amplitude min : 0.0 % 1055. VOLTAGE device enable : OFF 1056. – convert pulse: 1 sec= 1.5 mA 1057. – output preset : 95.0 % ↓ BACK EXIT

Setting range: * 0.0-999.9 mA (% for PWM) 0.0-999.9 % 0-9999 5-5000 Hz 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % OFF/ON/INVERT 0.0-999.9 mA 0.0-999.9 % * OFF/ANALOG/ANA.INVERT/PWM /PWM INVERT/CAN BUS

Figure 3-4 ANSI 15-1

ANSI 15 1058. – 1280.SPEED 1281. 1282. 1283. 1284. 1285. 1286. 1287. 1288.

Matching device (motorpoti)

Setting range:

↑ activate preset by: 526 - Regulation : OFF - match.device max: 120.0 % - match.device min: 80.0 % - Droop : 4.0 % - PID regulator : OFF - PID regulator Kp: 0.80 - PID regulator Tn: 2000 ms - PID regulator Tv: 30 ms - output fullscale: 75.0 % ↓ BACK EXIT

0-9999 OFF/ON 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % OFF/ON 0.0-655.34 0.0-65535 ms 0.0-65535 ms 0.0-999.9 %


®

SYMAP


- 99/208 -

Service Manual

ANSI 15 1289. 1290.VOLT. 1291. 1292. 1293. 1294. 1295. 1296. 1297. 1298. 1299.

Setting range:

Matching device (motorpoti) -

output zeroscale: 25.0 % Regulation : OFF match.device max: 120.0 % match.device min: 80.0 % Droop : 4.0 % PID regulator : OFF PID regulator Kp: 0.80 PID regulator Tn: 2000 ms PID regulator Tv: 30 ms output fullscale: 75.0 % output zeroscale: 25.0 % BACK

↑

0.0-999.9 % OFF/ON 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 % OFF/ON 0.01-99.99 0-65000 ms 0-65000 ms 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 %

EXIT


Parameter description: 1025. SPEED device enable : Fixed switch to enable the device for different hardware outputs: •

“OFF”:

the function is disabled.

•

“ANALOG”:

the function is routed to the analog outputs.

•

“ANA.INVERT”: the function is routed to the analog outputs and the output is inverted.

•

“PWM”:

•

“PWM INVERT”: the function is routed to the PWM output and the output is inverted.

•

„CAN BUS“:

the function is routed to the PWM output.

the function is routed to the CANBUS.

NOTE: For “ANALOG” and “ANA.INVERT” the related analog output must be set to “Speed ctrl” (see chapter 2.7). For “PWM” and “PWM INVERT” a special hardware edition is required. Contact the manufacturer for this function. 1026.

- convert pulse : Converts a pulse of 1 sec to mA (or to % if PWM is used) according to this parameter; the pulses for the speed device comes from several functions. These functions are: the sync. units, load sharing, freq. controller, load reduction, binary inputs, communication, and the load page (manual speed control).

1027. 1028.

- output preset : - activate preset by : As long as the event (parameter [1028]) is active, the analog output (or PWM) will be set to parameter [1027]. NOTE: Also on Power-ON this preset will be executed so parameter [1027] should be set to a significant value (if the speed device is to be used).

1097.

- PWM frequency : If PWM is used, the static PWM frequency have to be set with this parameter.

1098. 1099.

- PWM amplitude max : - PWM amplitude min : If PWM is used, the static max/min values for the PWM voltage signal amplitude have to be set with this parameters. The max. value is 100.0 % = 10 V.

- 100/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1055. VOLTAGE device enable : Fixed switch to enable the device; to use the voltage device also an analog output must be set to “Volt. ctrl” (see chapter 2.7). With “INVERT” it is possible to invert the output behavior of the device. 1056.

- convert pulse : Converts a pulse of 1 sec to mA according to this parameter; the pulses for the voltage device comes from several functions. These functions are: the sync. units, voltage controller, power factor controller, binary inputs, communication, and the load page (manual voltage control).

1057. 1058.

- output preset - activate preset by See parameters [1027] and [1028].

: :

With the following parameters an additional real time speed and voltage regulation can be activated. Only the parameters for the speed regulation [1280] to [1289] are explained here, because these parameters are the same as for the voltage regulation [1290] to [1299]. 1280. SPEED - Regulation : Fixed switch to enable the additional real time speed regulation. The parameters [1281] to [1289] have absolutely no effect if this parameter [1280] is set to OFF. 1281. 1282.

- match.device max : - match.device min : With these parameters the analog value of the speed matching device must be adapted to the feedback value. The analog value can be seen as the output of an integrator. The feedback value is the actual measured speed (rpm or Hz). Example:

If the generator can operate only in the range of 40-60 Hz, and the nominal frequency is 50 Hz, than set this parameters to 80-120 %.

NOTE: If parameter [1280] is set to OFF, the min-max limitations are internally set to 0-100 %. 1283.

- Droop : With this parameter a droop influence can be set. The droop is reducing the setpoint if the measured power is rising. If the power is 100 % or above, the set point will be reduced by max. the amount of parameter [1283]. If the power is 0%, the set point is not influenced at all. For the speed regulation the active power is taken into account and for the voltage regulation the reactive power. This parameter can be set to 0 %, if no droop influence is needed.

1284.

- PID regulator : Fixed switch to enable or bypass the additional real time speed regulation with a PID regulator. The parameters [1285] to [1287] have absolutely no effect if this parameter [1284] is set to OFF. The output of the PID regulator is limited by the min-max values of the parameters [1281] and [1282]. The preset function of the parameters [1027] and [1028] is also working on the PID regulator.

1285.

- PID regulator Kp : The Kp value represents the gain of the PID regulator. The gain influences the integration (I) and the differentiation (D) of the PID regulator. Higher values results in a more dynamic performance of the regulator.

1286.

- PID regulator Tn : The Tn value represents the integration time of the PID regulator. Smaller values results in a more dynamic performance of the regulator. ®

SYMAP


- 101/208 -

Service Manual

1287.

- PID regulator Tv : The Tv value represents the differentiation time of the PID regulator. Higher values results in a more dynamic performance of the regulator.

1288. 1289.

- output fullscale : - output zeroscale : With these parameters the regulator value must be adapted to the hardware output (analog output or PWM). The regulator value is the output of the PID regulator, or (if bypassed with parameter [1284]), the output of the matching device. Example:

If the analog output should operate only in the range of 5- 15 mA (45-55 Hz), then set this parameters to 25-75 % (5 mA = 25 % and 15 mA=75 %).

Refer to the Figures 3-7 and 3-8 for a schematic overview on the speed and voltage regulation.

- 102/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Figure 3-7 ANSI 15 – Speed regulation ®

SYMAP


- 103/208 -

Service Manual

Figure 3-8 ANSI 15 – Voltage regulation - 104/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.2

ANSI 24 – Overexcitation Relay ANSI 24

Overexcitation relay

1090. Overexcitation relay : 1091. - U/F Limit value : 1092. - delay time(definite): 1093. – min. voltage :

BACK

ON 25.0 % 2.0 sec 70.0 %

Setting range: ON/OFF 0.0-99.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec 0.0-99.9 %

EXIT

Figure 3-9 ANSI 24

Parameter description: 1090. Overexcitation relay : If the over excitation relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 1091.

- U/F Limit value : Limit setting of over excitation relay; if the relation between voltage and frequency exceeds this limit event [1091] will be activated. Example: If the voltage of the generator is 100 % of the nominal rated voltage and the generator frequency is 98 % of nominal rated frequency then the difference is 2 %, which will be compared with this parameter. If the actual measured difference exceeds the limit value of parameter [1091] then event [1091] will be activated.

1092.

- Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1901]; if event [1091] is active and this delay time is passed then event [1092] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1091]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

1093.

- min. voltage : Minimum voltage for relay operation; to secure a reliable relay function, the voltage limit of this parameter must exceed the limit to enable the protection function.

®

SYMAP


- 105/208 -

Service Manual

3.3

ANSI 25 /A – Automatic Synchronizing

Automatic synchronizing operates when two AC circuits are within the desired limits of frequency, phase angle and voltage range, allowing these two circuits to parallel one another. There are three automatic synchronizing units. Number 1 is responsible for the synchronization of the feeder BUS to BUS1; Number 2, of the feeder BUS to BUS2, and Number 3, between BUS1 and BUS2. The synchronizing units are laid out redundant. Two processor systems are responsible for the control and the supervision of the main breaker-on contact of the synchronizing unit. NOTE: About the calibration parameters [0042] to [0044] you can put the respective synchronizing units 1 to 3 properly. On this occasion, the phase corner is calibrated to neutralise the phase displacement. However, the calibration can occur only about the parametertool (see Parametertool, chapter 2.4.4). If SYMAP® is used for ANSI 25 check synchronizing only the following parameters are required for setup: •

Sync. Unit No. 1:

[1000] to [1007] and [1023]

•

Sync. Unit No. 2:

[1030] to [1037] and [1053]

•

Sync. Unit No. 3:

[1060] to [1067] and [1076]

SYMAP® parameters for Synchronizing Unit 1 (feeder to BUS1) (figures 3-10 and 3-11): ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay 1000. 1001. 1002. 1003. 1004. 1005. 1006. 1007. 1008. 1009. 1010. 1011.

Sync. unit 1 active by - MAX phase angle - MAX frequency diff. - MIN frequency - MAX frequency - MAX voltage diff. - MIN voltage - MAX voltage - freq.set.pulse time - freq.set.break time – speed push after 10s – volt.set.pulse time BACK

Figure 3-10

- 106/208 -

: : : : : : : : : : : :

0 8 150 99.0 101.0 5.0 95.0 105.0 100.0 2.0 500 180.0

deg mHz % % % % % sec sec ms sec ↓ EXIT

Setting range: Event no. 0-30 deg 0-2000 mHz 70.0-100.0 % 100.0-130.0 % 0.1-30.0 % 70.0-100.0 % 100.0-130.0 % 0.1-999.9 sec 0.1-999.9 sec 0-9999 ms 0.1-999.9 sec

ANSI 25/A-1


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay 1012. 1013. 1014. 1015. 1016. 1017. 1018. 1019. 1020. 1021. 1022. 1023. 1024.

– – – – – – – – – –

volt.set.break time : freq. higher event freq. lower event volt. higher event volt. lower event phase regu.active at : phase 360 deg pulse : closing direction : CB closing delay : live/dead cond. check: – min voltage level : – CB sync. ON event – abnormal bus 1 event BACK

Figure 3-11

Setting range:

↑ 0.5 sec

120 mHz 1.00 sec DOWN 50 ms ON 10.0 % ↓ EXIT

0.1-999.9 sec event reminder for output event reminder for output event reminder for output event reminder for output 0-9999 mHz* 0.01-655.34 sec UP/DOWN/BOTH 0-1000 ms ON/OFF 0.0-99.9 % event reminder for output event reminder for output * must be smaller than parameter [1002]

ANSI 25/A-2

SYMAP® parameters for Synchronizing Unit 2 (feeder to BUS2) (figures 3-12 and 3-13): ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay 1030. 1031. 1032. 1033. 1034. 1035. 1036. 1037. 1038. 1039. 1040. 1041.

Sync. unit 2 active by - MAX phase angle - MAX frequency diff. - MIN frequency - MAX frequency - MAX voltage diff. - MIN voltage - MAX voltage - freq.set.pulse time - freq.set.break time – speed push after 10s – volt.set.pulse time

Figure 3-12

®

SYMAP

↑

: 0 : 8 deg : 200 mHz : 99.0 % : 101.0 % : 5.0 % : 95.0 % : 105.0 % : 100.0 sec : 2.0 sec : 500 ms : 10.0 sec ↓ BACK EXIT


ANSI 25/A-3


- 107/208 -

Service Manual


– – – – – – – – –

volt.set.break time : freq. higher event freq. lower event volt. higher event volt. lower event phase regu.active at : phase 360 deg pulse : closing direction : CB closing delay : live/dead cond. check: – min voltage level : – CB sync. ON event – abnormal bus 2 event BACK

Figure 3-13

Setting range:

↑ 2.0 sec

30 0.10 DOWN 50 ON 10.0

mHz sec ms % ↓

0.1-999.9 sec event reminder for event reminder for event reminder for event reminder for 0-9999 mHz 0.01-655.34 sec UP/DOWN/BOTH 0-1000 ms ON/OFF 0.0-99.9 % event reminder for event reminder for

output output output output

output output

EXIT

ANSI 25/A-4

SYMAP® parameters for Synchronizing Unit 3 (BUS1 to BUS 2) (figures 3-14 and 3-15): ANSI 25 /A Synchronizing relay 1060. 1061. 1062. 1063. 1064. 1065. 1066. 1067. 1068. 1069. 1070. 1071.

Sync. unit 3 active by - MAX phase angle - MAX frequency diff. - MIN frequency - MAX frequency - MAX voltage diff. - MIN voltage - MAX voltage - freq.set.pulse time - freq.set.break time – speed push after 10s – volt.set.pulse time

Figure 3-14

- 108/208 -

↑

: 0 : 8 deg : 200 mHz : 99.0 % : 101.0 % : 5.0 % : 95.0 % : 105.0 % : 100.0 sec : 2.0 sec : 500 ms : 10.0 sec ↓ BACK EXIT


ANSI 25/A-5


®

SYMAP

Service Manual


– – – – – – – – –

volt.set.break time : freq. higher event : freq. lower event : volt. higher event : volt. lower event : phase regu.active at : phase 360 deg pulse : closing direction : CB closing delay : live/dead cond. check: – min voltage level : – CB sync. ON event – abnormal bus 2 event BACK

Figure 3-15

↑ 2.0 sec

30 mHz 0.10 sec DOWN 50 ms ON 10.0 %

Setting range: 0.1-999.9 sec event reminder for event reminder for event reminder for event reminder for 0 9999 mHz 0.01-655.34 sec UP/DOWN/BOTH 0-1000 ms ON/OFF 0.0-99.9 % event reminder for event reminder for

output output output output

output output

EXIT

ANSI 25/A-6

Parameter description: The following parameter descriptions correspond to Synchronizing Unit 1 (feeder to BUS1). Synchronizing Units 2 and 3 have the same parameters and differ only in their parameter and event numbers (see also description of synchronizing page within the user’s manual). 1000. Sync. Unit 1 active by : To activate the Synchronizing Unit No.1, an event number (e.g. binary input event) must be set. If this event number is active the synchronizing window appears and the synchronizer with its frequency and voltage controller is operative. If the Synchronizing Unit is active then the Synchronizing Site is indicated (see also chapter 2.4.4.8 in User’s Manual). 1001.

- MAX phase angle : The maximum phase angle (positive and negative angle) appears in the window in which the closing order for the switching device (breaker) is given.

1002.

- MAX frequency diff. : If the difference of frequency is higher than the set point then the synchron closing is blocked until the difference of frequency drops below the set point.

1003.

- MIN frequency : Minimum frequency limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the frequency of BUS1 is below the minimum frequency limit then the frequency controller will be deactivated. That means the output to send speed lower signals will be blocked.

1004.

- MAX frequency : Maximum frequency limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the frequency of BUS1 is above the maximum frequency limit then the frequency controller will be deactivated. That means the output to send speed higher signals will be blocked.

1005.

- MAX voltage diff. : If the difference in voltages is higher than the set point the synchron closing will be blocked until the difference in voltages drops below the set point.

®

SYMAP


- 109/208 -

Service Manual

1006.

- MIN voltage : Minimum voltage limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the voltage of BUS1 is below the minimum voltage limit then the voltage controller will be deactivated. That means the output to send voltage lower signals will be blocked.

1007.

- MAX voltage : Maximum voltage limit for “abnormal BUS” check; if the voltage of BUS1 is above the maximum voltage limit then the voltage controller will be deactivated. That means the output to send voltage higher signals will be blocked.

1008.

- freq.set.pulse time : The pulse characteristic for frequency adjustment during synchronization is set here. This time defines the pulse time which corresponds to 100% frequency difference. The calc. pulse is modified by the difference between the two frequency inputs in the following way: Calc. pulse (sec) = Parameter [1008] / 100 × ΔF (%) with: Parameter [1008] : defined pulse time at 100% frequency difference, ΔF (%): frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 in percent of nominal

Example:

Typical Setting: 100 sec Parameter [1008] = 100 sec means: If the frequency difference between FEEDER and BUS1 is 100% a calc. pulse of 100 seconds will be set. If the frequency difference is 0.5 Hz (1% at 50 Hz nominal-rated frequency) then a calc. pulse of 1 sec will be set. If the frequency difference is positive (FFEEDER > FBUS1) the n < event [1014] will be activated for the calc. pulse time. If the frequency difference is negative (FFEEDER < FBUS1) the n > event [1013] will be activated for the calc. pulse time.

1009.

- freq.set.break time : Typical setting: 2 sec The cycle time for the calculation of the pulse times for speed adjustment during synchronization is set here. At the beginning of the break time, the frequency controller will calculate and set the next pulse (see parameter [1008]).

1010.

- speed push after 10 s : If the difference between the electrical angles of the generator and BUS does not become zero within 10 seconds then an impulse of the set time in this parameter will be given. NOTE:

Instead of the speed push, the phase regulator can be used.

1011.

- volt.set.pulse time : The pulse time for voltage adjustment during synchronization is set here. Pulse time is modified by the difference between the voltages inputs.

1012.

- volt.set.break time : The break time between pulse times for voltage adjustment during synchronization is set here.

1013.

- freq. higher event . Use this event to activate a digital output in order to increase the frequency during synchronization.

1014.

- freq. lower event Use this event to activate a digital output in order to lower the frequency during synchronization.

- 110/208 -

.


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1015.

- volt. higher event Use this event to activate a digital output in order to increase the voltage during synchronization. 1016. - volt. lower event Use this event to activate a digital output in order to lower the voltage during synchronization. .

.

1017.

- phase regu.active at : The phase regulation can be used to regulate the phase to zero if the two frequencies become nearly equal and the phase angle is nearly constant. If this parameter is set to 0 the phase regulator will be always inactive. Otherwise, if this parameter is set to a value > 0 the speed push (parameter [1010]) will be always inactive and the phase regulator will be activated in the following way: If the difference between the two frequencies reaches this low limit (parameter [1017]), the phase regulator becomes active. The phase regulator remains active so long the difference is under the limit of the “MAX of frequencies diff.” (Parameters [1002]) then the frequency regulator becomes again active (parameters [1017] < parameters [1002]).

1018.

- phase 360 deg pulse : The pulse time for phase regulation is set here. The pulse time, which the phase regulator calculates after the break time (parameter [1009]), is modified by the actual phase angle. The formula for the pulse is: pulse (sec) = (Parameter [1018] * deg) / 360.

1019.

- closing direction : The main breaker closing command will be given only when the engine speed is higher (UP), lower (DOWN) or in both directions (see also figure 3-13 and 3-14).

1020.

- CB closing delay : The main breaker closing delay is the mechanical delay time caused by the closing time of contactors, relays and the main breaker itself. This delay time can reduce the time period of “breaker synchron on command” (event [1023]).

1021.

- live/dead cond. check : ON/OFF-switch for dead condition check; if the synchronizing unit recognizes one side (feeder or BUS) below the voltage limit of parameter [1022] (dead system) and the other side within the voltage limits parameters [1006] and [1007] and the frequency limits parameters [1003] and [1004] (live system), then the event [1023] (CB sync.ON) will be activated without checking synchronization. NOTE: If Device type - XG/BCG is selected and sync. unit 1 or 2 is active only the BUS will be checked for dead condition.

1022.

- min. voltage level : If the live/dead condition check (event [1021]) is active and the voltage of one side (feeder or BUS) is below this voltage limit the synchronizing unit recognizes dead condition.

1023.

- CB sync. ON event Use this event to send the main breaker close signal. This event will be set if the pointer of the synchronization unit is within the synchron window and the synchronization unit is not blocked.

1024.

- abnormal BUS1 event Use this event to indicate BUS abnormal situation. If during synchronization the main conditions for voltage and frequency are not fulfilled for the BUS then BUS abnormal event will be set and the corresponding controller for voltage and frequency will be blocked (see parameters [1003], [1004], [1006] and [1007]).

.

.

®

SYMAP


- 111/208 -

Service Manual

Figure 3-16 shows the conditions that have to be fulfilled during synchronizing to set the “CB synchron event” (event [1023]). The parameter and event numbers correspond to Synchronizing Unit 1 (feeder to BUS1). Main condition for „MB ON” command

SYNCHR. UNIT 1 ON Parameter [1000] UBUS1 > UMIN Parameter [1006] UBUS1 < UMAX Parameter [1007] FBUS1 > FMIN Parameter [1003]

&

│UBUS1-UFeeder│ < Parameter [1002]

&

MB close command (here Parameter [1029] „both“ Event [1023]

│act. Phase angle│ < Parameter [1001]

FBUS1 < FMAX Parameter [1004]

≥1 Figure 3-16

Freq. Ctrl. release Freq. Ctrl. release │UBUS1-UFeeder│ < Parameter [1005]

abnormal BUS Event [1024]

ANSI 25/A-7

NOTE: In the case that the voltages of both systems are “alive” and one system has negative sequence, the synchronizer will be internally blocked and event [2949] gets active (use this event for an alarm). If both systems have negative sequence the synchronizing process is not blocked.

- 112/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

The figures 3-13 and 3-14 show the closing direction philosophy. If closing direction “UP” (parameter [1019]) is selected and if the feeder frequency is higher than the BUS frequency then the main breaker synchron close command will be given (see figure 3-17). Closing direction: „UP“ (FFeeder < FBUS) Phase angle Cursor direction: to the left

Synchronizing window

Frequency FFeeder Fmax; Para [1004] FBus Fmin; Para [1003] Para [1004]

1

2

1

1

2

2

1

Time

2

1: No “C. B. ON” Command 2: “C. B. ON” Command, allowed if Phase synchron and voltage O.K.

Figure 3-17

ANSI 25 /A-8

If closing direction “DOWN” (parameter [1019]) is selected and if the feeder frequency is lower than the BUS frequency then the main breaker synchron close command will be given (see figure 3-18). Synchronizing window

Closing direction: „DOWN“ (FFeeder > FBus) Phase angle Cursor direction: to the right

Frequency FFeeder Fmax; Para [1004] FBus Fmin; Para

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

Time

1: No “C. B. ON” Command 2: “C. B. ON” Command, allowed if Phase synchron and voltage O.K.

Figure 3-18

®

SYMAP

ANSI 25 /A-9


- 113/208 -

Service Manual

3.4

ANSI 27 – Undervoltage Relay

The undervoltage relay is a relay that operates when its input voltage is less than a predetermined value. Undervoltage protection detects and reports abnormally low voltage conditions, some of which could be related to system stability problems (voltage collapse, etc.). Undervoltage protection is generally used for load shedding and loss of phase purposes (see figure 3-19). ANSI 27 1100. 1101. 1102. 1103. 1104. 1105. 1106.

Undervoltage relay : - Undervoltage 1.limit: - Delay time(definite): - Undervoltage 2.limit: - Delay time(definite): – Min. start voltage : – Min. frequency :

BACK Figure 3-19

Setting range:

Undervoltage relay OFF 95.0 2.00 93.0 3.00 90.0 55.0

ON/OFF/CB ON 0.0- 99.9 % 0.03-99.99 sec 0.0-99.9 % 0.03-99-99 sec 0.0-99.9 % 0.0-99.9 Hz

% sec % sec % Hz

EXIT

ANSI 27

Parameter description: 1100. Undervoltage relay : This parameter activates the undervoltage supervision, whereby: •

“OFF”:

deactivates,

•

“ON”:

activates, and

•

“CB ON”: activates the undervoltage supervision only if the circuit breaker is switched on.

1101.

- Undervoltage 1. limit First limit of the set point for undervoltage

:

1102.

- Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1101]; use this event to activate an output.

1103.

- Undervoltage 2. limit Second limit of the set point for undervoltage

1104.

- Time delay (definite) : Time delay of event [1103]; use this event to activate an output.

1105.

- MIN start voltage This parameter depends on the device type.

:

:

Device type BC or X: During the startup sequence, this limit must be reached in order to activate the undervoltage protection.

- 114/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Device type BCG or XG: This parameter is not active, since the undervoltage relay works when the main breaker is on; otherwise, it is blocked. 1106. - MIN frequency : This parameter depends on the device type. Device type BC or X: When the feeder frequency is lower than this setting, the undervoltage protection function is disabled. Device type BCG or XG: This parameter is not active, since the undervoltage relay works when the main breaker is on; otherwise, it is blocked.

ANSI 27

off E 1100

27 active

„1“

P 1105

Setting

on

Startup

U>

&

3~

P 1106

Setting

Minimum

f> 3~

E 1101 Limit reached P 1102 27-1 Delay P 1101 27-1 Pickup

&

0 |

T |

E 1102

27-1 Trip

U< E 1103 Limit reached

3~

P 1104 27-2 Delay P 1103 27-2 Pickup

&

0 |

T |

E 1104

-2 Trip

U << 3~

Figure 3-20

®

SYMAP

Logic diagram for the undervoltage protection


- 115/208 -

Service Manual

3.5

ANSI 27 B – BUS undervoltage relay

There are two independent undervoltage relays for the BUS1 and BUS2 measure inputs available (see figure 3-21). The undervoltage (BUS) relay operates when its input voltage from BUS side is less than a predetermined value. Undervoltage protection detects and reports abnormally low voltage conditions, some of which could be related to system stability problems (voltage collapse, etc.). Undervoltage protection is generally used for load shedding and loss of phase purposes. ANSI 27 B Bus undervoltage relay 1120. BUS1 undervoltage relay: 1121. - Undervoltage 1.limit: 1122. - Delay time(definite): 1123. - Undervoltage 2.limit: 1124. - Delay time(definite): 1125. – Minimum startvoltage: 1126. – Minimum frequency : 1110. BUS2 undervoltage relay: 1111. - Undervoltage 1.limit: 1112. - Delay time(definite): 1113. - Undervoltage 2.limit: 1114. - Delay time(definite): 1115. – Minimum startvoltage: 1116. – Minimum frequency : BACK Figure 3-21

OFF 95.0 2.0 93.0 3.0 90.0 55.0 ON 95.0 2.0 93.0 3.0 90.0 55.0

Setting range: ON/OFF 0.0-99.9 0.1-99.9 0.0-99.9 0.1-99.9 0.0-99.9 0.0-99.9 ON/OFF 0.0-99.9 0.1-99.9 0.0-99.9 0.1-99.9 0.0-99.9 0.0-99.9

% sec % sec % Hz % sec % sec % Hz

% sec % sec % Hz % sec % sec % Hz

EXIT

ANSI 27 B

Parameter description: The parameters for the BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the following only the BUS1 parameters are described: 1120. BUS1 undervoltage relay The enable switch for the undervoltage relay

:

1121.

- Undervoltage 1. limit : First limit of the set point for undervoltage; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning.

1122.

- Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1121]; use the event [1122] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

1123.

- Undervoltage 2. limit : Second limit of the set point for under voltage; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning.

1124.

- Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1123]; use the event [1124] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

1125. 1126.

- Minimum startvoltage : - Minimum frequency : If the startvoltage is reached by all 3 phases and the frequency limit is reached the undervoltage relay remains always active until power on reset.

- 116/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.6

ANSI 32 – Overload Relay ANSI 32

1130. 1131. 1132. 1133. 1134. 1135. 1136. 1137. 1138. 1139.

Overload relay

Setting range:

Overload relay : OFF – 1.limit reverse power: 10.0 % – Delay time (definite): 2.0 sec – 2.limit reverse power: 15.0 % – Delay time (definite): 0.5 sec – 1.limit active power : 100.0 % – Delay time (definite): 1.0 sec – 2.limit active power : 120.0 % – Delay time (definite): 0.5 sec Block reverse power : 0

BACK Figure 3-22

ON/OFF/ON_S 0.1-99.9 % 0.1-99.9 sec 0.1-99.9 % 0.1-99.9 sec 0.1-199.9 % 0.1-99.9 sec 0.1-199.9 % 0.1-99.9 sec 0-9999 Event number

EXIT

ANSI 32

Parameter description: 1130.Overload relay : The overload relay can be deactivated/activated by the following setting options: “OFF“:

the overload relay is disabled,

“ON“:

the overload relay is enabled; characteristic values for limits (parameters [1131, 1133, 1135 1137] refer to “reverse power” or “active power”,

“ON_S“: the overload relay is enabled; characteristic value for limits (parameters [1131, 1133, 1135 1137] refers to “apparent power S”. 1131.

- 1. limit reverse power : First limit of the reverse power relay; if the reverse power exceeds this limit event [1131] will be set.

1132.

- Delay time (definite) : If event [1131] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1132] will be set. Use this event to activate an output.

1133.

- 2. limit reverse power : Second limit of the reverse power relay; if the reverse power exceeds this limit event [1133] will be set. Use this event to activate an output.

1134.


1135.

- 1. limit active power : First limit of the active power relay; if the active power exceeds this limit event [1135] will be set.

1136.

- Delay time ( definite) : If event [1135] is active and the corresponding delay time is passed event [1136] will be set. Use this event to activate an output. ®

SYMAP


- 117/208 -

Service Manual

1137.

- 2. limit active power : Second limit of the active power relay; if the active power exceeds this limit event [1137] will be set. Use this event to activate an output.

1138.


1139.

Block reverse power : The reverse power protection (parameters [1131] to [1134]) is disabled if the event set under parameter [1139] is active.

- 118/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.7

ANSI 37 – Undercurrent Relay (motor) ANSI 37 Undercurrent relay (motor)

1140. Undercur relay : 1141. – Min. current limit : 1142. – Max. current limit : 1143. - Delay time(definite):

BACK Figure 3-23

OFF 12.0 % 45.0 % 10.0 sec

Setting range: ON/OFF 0.1-199.9 % 0.1-199.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec

EXIT

ANSI 37

Parameter description: 1140. Undercurrent relay : If the undercurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 1141. 1142.

- Min. current limit : - Max. current limit : If one of the three current phases is between these current limits (parameters [1141] and [1142]) the events [1141] and [1142] will be activated.

1143.

- Delay time (definite) : If the undercurrent relay is active and the corresponding delay time is passed the undercurrent relay will be tripped (event [1143] will be activated).

®

SYMAP


- 119/208 -

Service Manual

3.8

ANSI 40 Q – Loss of Excitation Relay

Field relay is a relay that functions on a given or abnormally low value or failure of machine field current, or on an excessive value of the reactive component of armature current in an AC-machine indicating abnormally low field excitation. When partial or complete loss of excitation occurs on a synchronous machine, (ind.) reactive power flows from the system into the machine. There are two measuring principles to detect “loss of field” status: •

40 Q: The first measuring principle of this relay is to detect only the quantity and direction of the reactive power. If the inductive reactive power exceeds a definite limit, then the “ANSI 40 Q loss of excitation relay” will be activated.

•

40:

The second measuring principle is to define the impedance circle area in whichthe actual measured impedance vector must be within the “ANSI 40. loss of excitation” circle before the appropriate relay will be activated.

NOTE: For the impedance measurement, the phase current I1 and the line voltages U31 and U12 will be evaluated. Two impedance circles can be defined, one for the static and the other for the dynamical characteristic. ANSI 40 Q Loss of excitation relay 1170.Loss of excitation relay: 1171. – reactive power limit: 1172. – delay time(definite): 1173. – min. voltage : 1174. Circle 1 : 1175. – diameter: 1176. – offset : 1177. – delay : 1178. Circle 2 : 1179. – diameter: 1180. – offset : 1181. – delay : BACK Figure 3-24

OFF 35.0 % 4.0 sec 70.0 % ON 4.0 Ohm 1.0 Ohm 1.5 sec ON 2.2 Ohm 1.5 Ohm 0.5 sec

Setting range: ON/OFF 0.0-999.9 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 ON/OFF 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 ON/OFF 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9

% sec % Ohm Ohm sec Ohm Ohm sec

EXIT

ANSI 40 Q-1

Parameter description: 1170. Loss of excitation relay : If the loss of excitation relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 1171.

- reactive power limit : If the inductive reactive power exceeds this limit then event [1171] will be activated. The percentage setting of the inductive reactive power refers to the active power PN.

1172.

- delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1171]; if event [1171] is active and this delay time is passed then event [1172] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1171]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

- 120/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1173. - min. voltage : Three-phase feeder voltage supervision; the feeder voltage must be higher than this setting in order to activate this protection. 1174. Circle 1 1175. 1176. 1177.

- diameter - offset - delay

: : : :

•

ON/OFF switch of circle 1: Activation of first impedance circle parameter [1174]; the Impedance Circle 1 will be activated by setting this parameter to “ON.”

•

Impedance circle definition: The impedance area of the Circle 1 will be defined with the offset parameter [1175] and diameter parameter [1176]. If the actual measured impedance is within this area event [1174] will be activated.

•

Definite delay time: If the actual measure impedance is within Circle 1 and this definite delay time is passed then event [1177] will be activated as long as the actual measured impedance moves out of Impedance Circle 1. Please use parameter [1177] for the alarm or output controller.

1178. Circle 2 : 1179. - diameter : 1180. - offset : 1181. - delay : Same parameter setting as parameters [1174] to [1177]; normally, Circle 1 will be used for supervision the static, Circle 2 for the dynamical characteristic. X R Offset 1 Offset 2 Parameter [1180]

Parameter [1176]

Diameter 2 Parameter [1179]

C2 Diameter 1 Parameter [1179]

r2

Whereby: r2 = Diameter 2/2 C2= Offset2+Diameter 2/2

Circle 2

Circle 1 Figure 3-25

®

SYMAP

ANSI 40 Q-2 trip area for loss of field supervision


- 121/208 -

Service Manual

3.9

ANSI 46 – Negative Sequence Relay

Negative sequence or phase balance current relay is a relay function in which the polyphase currents are of reverse-phase sequence or the polyphase currents are unbalanced or contain negative sequence components above a given amount. Setting range:

ANSI 46 Reverse phase relay

ON/OFF/reclose 0.0-99.9 % 0.0-99.99 sec norm.inverse & definite time 1.0-99.9 % 0.0-99.9 % 0-9999 ms 0.0-99.9 % 0.0-9999 ms ON/OFF

1200. Reverse phase relay : OFF 1201. – Limit value : 95.0 % 1202. - Time multiplier(TMS): 2.00 sec 1203. - Curve shape : definite 1204. - Min. feeder voltage : 3.0 % 1205. – 1.limit : 10.0 % 1206. – Delay time(definite): 1000 ms 1207. – 2.limit : 12.0 % 1208. – Delay time(definite): 500 ms 1209. – Volt. restrain[51VR]: OFF

BACK Figure 3-26

EXIT

ANSI 46

Parameter description: 1200. Reverse phase relay : If a negative sequence (a rotating field in opposition to the normal rotating field) appears the value in percent is measured to the nominal rated current. If the negative sequence relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set to “RECLOSE” it opens and closes the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79. 1201.

- Limit value First limit of the negative sequence current

1202.

- Time multiplier (TMS) : Time setting of the time multiplier for the IDMT curve

1203.

- Curve shape : Select definite time or normal inverse curve (IDMT curve)

1204.

- Min. feeder voltage : The feeder voltage must be higher than this setting in order to activate this protection function.

1205.

- 1. limit : Second limit of the set point for reverse phase balance

1206.


1207.

- 2. limit : Third limit of the set point for reverse phase balance

1208.

- Delay time(definite) : Time delay of event [1208]; use this event to activate an output.

- 122/208 -


:

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1209.

- Volt. restrain [51VR] : If the voltage restrain function should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. The setting of the low voltage limit is 10% fixed. If the voltage restrain function is active the current set point will be reduced by the voltage as shown in figure 3-23.

1

0,9

Curve Pickup Multiplier

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

0 0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100 %

Voltage

Figure 3-27

®

SYMAP

Diagram of the voltage restrain calculation curve


- 123/208 -

Service Manual ANSI 46 off on reclose

„1“

≥1

E 1200 46 active

≥1

Setting

P 1204 Startup

U>

S1 Q R

3~

ANSI 79 Reclose

& P 1202

Reset

TMS

E 1201 Limit reached P 1203 IDMT Curve

P 1201 46 -TO Pickup

&

3~

E 1202 46 -TMS Trip

on/off

VR_EN

Reclose

E 1205 Limit reached P 1206 46 -1 Delay P 1205 46 -1 Pickup

&

3~

0 |

T |

E 1206 46 -1 Trip on/off

VR_EN

Reclose


&

3~

VR_EN

0 |

T |

E 1208 46 -2 Trip on/off Reclose

on/off

Voltage Restrain

Figure 3-28

- 124/208 -

Logic diagram for the reverse phase/balance protection


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.10 ANSI 47 – Phase sequence voltage relay The phase sequence voltage relay is a relay that functions upon a predetermined value of polyphase voltage in the desired phase sequence. ANSI 47 Phase sequence voltage relay 1300. Phase sequence relay : 1301. - Limit value : 1302. - Delay time(definite):

BACK Figure 3-29

OFF 20.0 % 2.00 sec

Setting range: ON/OFF 1.0-199.9 % 0.01-99.99 sec

EXIT

ANSI 47

Parameter description: 1300. Phase sequence relay : The normal voltage phase sequence is right rotating, that means L1-L2-L3. If the sequence turns to left rotating or one phase is missing the relay becomes active. If the negative sequence relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 1301.

-.Limit value : If the left rotating field exceeds the limit the phase sequence relay will be activated.

1302.

- Delay time (definite) : Time delay for event [1301]; use this event to activate an output.

®

SYMAP


- 125/208 -

Service Manual

3.11 ANSI 49 – Thermal Overload The thermal overload relay is divided in 3 independent sections (see figures 3-30, 3-31 and 3-32, and 3-33). Any of the sections can be activated and used independently of each other.

3.11.1 Thermal overload I (general) This section calculates a thermal image in accordance to the current (see figure 3-30). ANSI 49 Thermal overload 1340. 1341. 1342. 1343. 1344. 1345. 1346.

THERMAL OVERLOAD : – Rated current[1000]A : - Cold limit at 6*In : - Hot limit at 6*In : – tc / th : – Trip time reset delay: - Event for trip time - tc (calculated) = - th (calculated) = - Preload at 6*In (T6h)=

BACK Figure 3-30

Setting range:

OFF 20.0 10.0 20.0 5.0 10.0

ON/OFF 0.1-999.9 % 0.1…999.9 sec (0.25 sec steps) 0.1…999.9 sec (0.25 sec steps) 0.1-99.9 0.1-999.9 sec Event only Calculated from [1342]&[1344] Calculated from [1342] Calculated from [1343]

% sec sec sec

16.7 min 11.1 min 67.0 %

EXIT

ANSI 49-1

Parameter description: 1340. THERMAL OVERLOAD ON/OFF-switch for thermal overload protection

:

1341.

- Nominal rated current [xxxx]A : Overload current of the nominal rated current of the motor; pickup value for thermal motor protection 49; if the current reaches this limit event [1341] will be set.

1342.

- Cold limit at 6*In : This parameter is required to calculate τh. This trip time is taken from the cold curve of the motor. The trip time in the curve is taken from 6*In.

1343.

- Hot limit at 6*In : This parameter is required to set the characteristic of the hot curve and limit the thermal image value.

1344.

- tc/th : The relationship between τ of the hot and the cold curve is required to calculate τc.

1345.

- Trip time reset delay : If the trip time is active and the actual current is below the nominal rated (set with parameter [1341]) the time value will be held for this time before reset.

- 126/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1346.

- Event for trip time : If the trip time is passed according to the thermal overload conditions event [1346] will be set. Choose this event to initiate a trip signal by using a binary output. - tc (calculated) Calculated value τc. Result of the formula:

:

τ c = parameter [1344]*τ h - th (calculated) Calculated value τh . Result of the formula:

τh =

:

t

 (I / In )2   ln 2 2   (I / In ) − k 

The time t will be taken from the cold curve of the motor at six times the nominal rated current. The threshold factor k is fixed with 1.03. The result of τh is calculated as follows:

τh =

T 6c ( parameter [1342])   (6)2  ln 2 2   (6 ) − (1.03) 

- Preload at 6*In (T6h) : Calculated maximum preload value with the formula:

 (I / In )2 − ( I Pr e / In) 2   ⇒ ( I Pr e / In) 2 = ( I / In) 2 − e τ h * ( I / In) 2 − k 2 t = τ h * ln 2 2  (I / In ) − k   t

(

)

The time will be taken from the hot curve of the motor at six times the nominal rated current. The threshold factor k is fixed with 1.03. The result is the maximum preload value which will be limited by the hot curve of the motor.

( I Pr e / In) = (6) − e 2

2

 T 6 h [1343])      τh  

(

* (6) 2 − 1.03 2

)

( I Pr e / In) 2 relates to Θ which is the thermal image of the motor The relationship is:

Θ Pr e = k * ( I Pr e / In) 2 The thermal image of the motor will be calculated all the time and follows the formula:

Θ(%) = Θ S + (Θ C − Θ S ) * e with: ΘC: ΘS: τ:

 −t    τ   

the current motor image thermal status destination, which will be calculated with (Iactual/In)² Tau: During heating τh and during cooling, τc will be used. ®

SYMAP


- 127/208 -

Service Manual

If the actual motor current exceeds the limit of parameter [1341] (rated current) the trip time integrator will be activated. The tripping time t of the thermal overload relay is calculated according to the following formula and to the corresponding preload value (IPre/IN)²:

 (I / I N )2 − ( I Pr e / I N ) 2  t = τ c * ln   (I / I N )2 − k ²   with: I: IN: k:

the actual measured current the thermal overload (set with parameter [1341]) the threshold factor (1.03)

- 128/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.11.2 Thermal overload II (user) This section gives the user the possibility to define his own curve with 10 current/time points. Between these points, the time values will be linear interpolated (see figures 3-31 and 3-32). ANSI 49 Thermal overload

Setting range:

1350. THERMAL OVERLOAD (user): ON 1351. - integrator reset mode: depending 1352. - integrator hold time : 300.0 sec 1353. - current limit : 110.0 % 1354. - time:3600.0 sec 1355. - current point 1: 111.0 % 1356. - time:1800.0 sec 1357. - current point 2: 114.0 % 1358. - time: 900.0 sec 1359. - current point 3: 123.0 % 1360. - time: 300.0 sec 1361. - current point 4: 145.0 % ↓ BACK EXIT Figure 3-31

ANSI 49-2

Setting range:

ANSI 49 Thermal overload 1362. 1363. 1364. 1365. 1366. 1367. 1368. 1369. 1370. 1371. 1372.

- current - current - current - current - current

- time: point 5: - time: point 6: - time: point 7: - time: point 8: - time: point 9: - time: BACK

Figure 3-32

OFF/ON hold time/depending 0.0-6553.5 sec 0.0-6553.5 % 0.0-6553.5 sec 0.0-6553.5 % 0.0-6553.5 sec 0.0-6553.5 % 0.0-6553.5 sec 0.0-6553.5 % 0.0-6553.5 sec 0.0-6553.5 %

120.0 180.0 30.0 230.0 10.0 400.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

↑ sec % sec % sec % sec % sec % sec

0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5 0.0-6553.5

sec % sec % sec % sec % sec % sec

EXIT

ANSI 49-3

Parameter description: 1350. THERMAL OVERLOAD (user) : OFF/ON-switch for this relay section. If the relay is tripped event [1350] will be set. 1351. - integrator reset mode : Defines the reset mode of the time integrator if the current falls below the limit of parameter [1353]: •

“hold time”: The integrator will be reset if the time of parameter [1352] has passed.

•

“depending”: The integrator will be integrated downwards with the last excitation time. This time can be limited with parameter [1352].

®

SYMAP


- 129/208 -

Service Manual

1352. - integrator hold time : Hold time for the integrator if the current falls below the limit of parameter [1353]. 1353.

- current limit : Excitation limit for the time integration and the starting point of the curve; if the current reaches this limit, the time integration will be activated.

1354.

- time The max. trip time for limit parameter [1353]

1355. 1356.

:

- current point 1 - time

: :

- current point 9 - time

: :

to 1371. 1372.

Every point consists of one current limit and the related time (max. trip time for the current at this point). If the current is between two limits the related time will be linearly calculated. The limits must be ascending, beginning at the first point. If a limit is 0 the curve will be truncated at the previous limit (see figure 3-29). Example: I (%) 400

× P [1363] and P [1364]

×

P [1361] and P [1362]

300

× P [1359] and P [1360] 200

×

P [1357] and P [1358]

× P [1355] and P [1356] × P [1353] and P [1354]

100

3

Figure 3-33

- 130/208 -

10

30

120

300

900

1800

3600

t

Current/time curve of thermal overload II


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.11.3 Thermal overload III (interval) This section gives the user the possibility to define a interval time in which the current has a defined allow time for remaining above a limit. ANSI 49 Thermal overload

Setting range:

1373. INTERVAL PROTECTION : 524 1374. - current limit: 110.0 % 1375. - allow time : 60 min 1376. - interval time: 12 h

BACK Figure 3-34

0-9999 Event 0.1-999.9 % 1-999 min 1-24 h

EXIT

ANSI 49-4

Parameter description: 1373. INTERVAL PROTECTION Event-switch for this relay section •

Event active: The function will be activated.

•

Event inactive: The function will be reset.

:

If the relay is tripped event [1373] will be activated. 1374.

- current limit : If the current reaches this limit the time integration will be activated.

1375.

- allow time : If the integration reaches this time limit the relay will trip and the event [1373] will be activated.

1376.

- interval time : The allow time is only valid within this interval time. If one of the integrated periods overlaps this interval the integrated time will be decreased by the period (if the current is below the limit of parameter [1374]).

®

SYMAP


- 131/208 -

Service Manual

3.12 ANSI 50 BF – Breaker Failure Breaker failure relay supervises the circuit breaker. ANSI 50BF Breaker failure relay 1380. Breaker failure relay : 1381. – Current limit(CB:OFF): 1382. - Delay time (definite):

BACK Figure 3-35

Setting range:

ON 10.0 % 2 sec

ON/OFF 0-999.9 % 0-9999 sec

EXIT

ANSI 50BF


Breaker failure relay ON/OFF - switch for breaker failure protection

:

1381. - Current limit (CB:OFF) : If the circuit breaker is off (feedback of circuit breaker or trip command) and a current is higher then the limit in parameter [1381] the breaker failure relay will be activated. 1382. - Delay time (definite) Delay time of breaker failure relay CB: off (feedback)

:

>1

Trip command

& Manual OFF

Event [1382] 50BF

Act. current value > Current limit [1381]

Figure 3-36

- 132/208 -

Logic connection of failure relay


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.13 ANSI 50 – Instantaneous overcurrent relay Instantaneous overcurrent or rate-of-rise relay is a relay that functions instantaneously on excessive value of current or on an excessive rate of current. Setting range:

ANSI 50 Instantaneous overcurrent 1400. 1401. 1402. 1403. 1404. 1405. 1406. 1407. 1408. 1409. 1410.

ON/OFF/reclose 2.0-2999.9 % 30-9999 ms

Instantaneous overcurr.: ON - 1. limit [3000]A : 300.0 % - Delay time (definite): 100 ms reserved: - 2. limit [3000]A : 300.0 % - Delay time (definite): 250 ms reserved: - Rev. limit [3000]A : 300.0 % - Delay time (definite): 200 ms reserved: - Inrush blocking : OFF BACK

Figure 3-37

2.0-2999.9 % 30-9999 ms 2.0-2999.9 % 30-9999 ms ON/OFF

EXIT

ANSI 50

Parameter description: 1400. Instantaneous overcurr. : If the instantaneous overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set to “RECLOSE” it closes the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79. 1401. - 1. limit [xxxx]A : First limit setting of instantaneous overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1401] will be set. 1402. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1401]; if event [1401] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1402] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1401]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 1403.

reserved

:

1404. - 2. limit [xxxx]A : Second limit setting of instantaneous overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1404] will be set. 1405. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1404] if event [1404] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1405] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1404]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 1406.

reserved

:

1407. - Rev. limit [xxxx]A : Limit setting of instantaneous overcurrent is active only if the current direction is going into the reverse direction. If the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1407] will be set. ®

SYMAP


- 133/208 -

Service Manual

1408. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1407]; if event [1407] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1408] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1407]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 1409.

reserved

:

1410. - Inrush blocking : The delay times of parameters [1402], [1405] and [1408] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI 95i are detected. ANSI 50 off on reclose

„1“

≥ 1

E 1400

≥1

50 active

ANSI 79 Reclose


&

I> 3~

0 |

T |

E 1402 50 -1 Trip

on/off Reclose

Inrush EN

E 1404 Limit reached P 1405 50-2 Delay P 1404 1404 Pickup

&

I >>

0 |

T |


3~ Inrush EN

Reclose

E 1407 Limit reached P 1408 50-Rev Delay P 1407 50 - Rev Pickup

&

I >Rev 3~

0 |

T |

E 1408 50 - Rev Trip on/off Reclose

Inrush EN

on/off „1“ Inrush Blocking

Figure 3-38

- 134/208 -

Logic diagram for the instantaneous overcurrent protection


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.14 ANSI 50G/N – Instantaneous ground overcurrent relay Instantaneous ground overcurrent or ground rate-of-rise relay is a relay that functions instantaneously on excessive value of current or on an excessive rate of current. The permissible setting range of this relay depends upon the hardware (refer to the purchase information of the hardware to get the appropriate internal current transformers). ANSI 50G/N Instant. ground overcurrent 1420. 1421. 1422. 1423. 1424. 1425. 1426. 1427.

Inst. ground overcurr. : ON - Limit [ 2000]A: 200.0 % – Delay time (definite): 30 ms - Pickup type (50G/N) :meas.Ig1+2 - Inrush blocking : OFF – Io stab.start Imax/In: 1.50 -stab.factor : 0.25 – CT saturation limit : 7.5

BACK Figure 3-39

EXIT

Setting range: ON/OFF 2,0-2999,9 % oder 0-2999,9 mA 30-9999 ms * ON/OFF 1.0 - 20.0 0.01- 1.00 0.0 – 999.9

* meas.Ignd1/meas.Ig1+2/ meas.Ignd/calculated

ANSI 50G/N

Parameter description: 1420. Inst. ground overcurr. relay : If the instantaneous ground overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 1421. - Limit : Limit setting of instantaneous ground overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds the instantaneous ground overcurrent limit event [1421] will be activated. The unit of the limit value can be set between “%” and “mA” via parameter [0053]; (see PC Parameter tool special parameter). “%”:

If the unit is set to “%” the limit value refers to the nominal-rated current (primary side) of the feeder (parameter [0200]). The setting range is between 2.0 % and 999.9 %.

“mA”: If the unit “mA” is selected the parameters for the nominal-rated value of the feeder current and the ground current transformer values have no influence on the measured current. 1422. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1421]; if event [1421] has been activated and the set delay time is passed then event [1422] will be activated until the measured value falls below the limit of parameter [1421]. This parameter should be used for the alarm or output controller.

®

SYMAP


- 135/208 -

Service Manual

1423. - Pickup type (50G/N) : Three different pickup types for instantaneous ground overcurrent can be selected: •

“meas.Ig1+2”: default setting; this parameter should not be changed.

•

“meas.Ignd1”: reserved

•

“meas.Ignd2”: reserved

1424. - Inrush blocking : The delay time of parameter [1422] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI 95i are detected.

ANSI 50G/N off on

E 1420 50G/N active

„1“

E 1421 Limit reached P 1422 50G/N Delay P 1421 50G/N Pickup

&

I>

0 |

ANSI 95i Inrush blocking

Figure 3-40

T |

&

E 1422 50G/N Trip

Logic diagram for ANSI 50G/N

NOTE: Following parameters P[1425] bis P[1427] are only valid for the use of distance protection function ANSI 21! 1425. – Io stab.start Imax/In : 1426 –stab.factor : As soon as one of the three phase currents exceeds the set value of parameter P[1425], the earth overcurrent will be stabilized according to the following algorithm: IoStab = Io * (1 – P[1426] ((IPHmax2 – P[1425]2) / IPHmax2)4) with: Io: IoStab: IPHmax :

momentary measured earth current stabilized earth current for protection purposes [50G, 51G, 67GS] maximum value of the measured phase currents IPh1…3

1427. CT-Saturation limit : As soon as one of the three phase currents exceeds the set value of parameter P[1427], the earth overcurrent alarm will be blocked.

- 136/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.15 ANSI 51 – AC time overcurrent relay AC time overcurrent relay is a relay that operates when its AC input current exceeds a predetermined value and when the input current and operating time are inversely related through a substantial portion of the performance range. Setting range:

ANSI 51 AC time overcurrent 1500. 1501. 1502. 1503. 1504. 1505. 1506. 1507. 1508. 1509. 1510. 1511. 1512. 1513. 1514. 1515.

Time overcurrent relay : – Limit [1000]A : - Time multiplier (TMS) : - Curve shape : - Reset characteristic : - 1.limit [1200]A : – Delay time (definite) : - 2.limit [1400]A : – Delay time (definite) : - 3. limit [1800]A : – Delay time (definite) : – Reset character (Th) : – Volt. restrain [51VR] : – Volt. Low limit : – Delay pickup in cycles: – Block protection by : BACK

Figure 3-41

ON 100.0 % 1.00 sec very inv def./Th 110.0 % 1.0 sec 140.0 % 5.0 sec 180.0 % 1.0 sec 0 sec OFF 10 % 10 10 ev.

ON/OFF/reclose 2.0-2999.9 % 0.03-10.00 sec 8 curve shapes (IDMT) none,def./Th,dep.,curve D-F 2.0-2999.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec 2.0-2999.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec 2.0-2999.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec 0-99 sec ON/OFF 10-90 % 0-9999 0-9999 ev.

EXIT

ANSI 51

Parameter description: 1500. Time overcurrent relay : If the AC time overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set to “RECLOSE” it closes the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79. 1501. - Limit [xxxx]A : Limit setting of AC time overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1501] will be set. 1502. - Time multiplier (TMS) : Time multiplier setting for the corresponding curve shape (see parameter [1503]); if event [1501] is active and the delay time calculated with the time multiplier and the chosen curve shape is passed the event [1502] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1501]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 1503. - Curve shape : Curve shape selection of AC time overcurrent; eight curve shapes (normal inverse, very inverse, extremely inverse, curve D-F, INV-K and VINV-K) can be selected (see Appendix A5). 1504. - Reset characteristic : Reset characteristic of time overcurrent relay; if the calculated delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1501] then a special reset characteristic for the actual calculated delay time can be set with this parameter. The following characteristics are available: none, def./Th, depending, curve D-F (see also Appendix A5). ®

SYMAP


- 137/208 -

Service Manual

In addition to the AC time overcurrent relay operating with inverse curve shapes, three further limits with definite times can be used (parameters [1505] to [1510]). 1505. - 1. limit [xxxx]A : First additional current limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1505] will be set. 1506. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1505]; if event [1505] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1506] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1505]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 1507. - 2. limit [xxxx]A : Second additional current limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1507] will be set. 1508. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1507]; if event [1507] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1508] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1507]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 1509. - 3. limit [xxxx]A : Third additional current limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1509] will be set. 1510. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1509]; if event [1509] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1510] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1509]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 1511. - Reset character (Th) : Holding time for reset characteristic if parameter [1504] is set to “def./Th”; if the calculated delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1501] then the calculated delay time is hold for this time.

- 138/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1512. - Volt. restrain [51VR] : Parameter [1512] activates the voltage restrain function. If voltage restrain function is active the Current limits ([1501], [1505], [1507] and [1509]) will be reduced proportional to the relationship actual voltage to nominal voltage, as shown in the Figures 3-42 and 3-43. 1

0,9

Curve Pickup Multiplier

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4 P

1513

0,3

0,2

0,1

0 0 P

Figure 3-42

1513.

1513

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100 %

Voltage

Voltage low limit for ANSI 51

Pickup value calculation curve of the voltage restrain function

- Volt. low limit : The low voltage parameter limits the voltage restrain function to a minimum value (see Figure 3-42).

1514. - Delay pickup in cycles

:

1515. - Block protection by : AC time overcurrent protection can be completely blocked by any active event. For blocking, the number related to this blocking event has to be assigned to parameter [1515]. Blocking is only effective, however, as long as the blocking event is active.

®

SYMAP


- 139/208 -

Service Manual ANSI 51 off on reclose

„1“

≥1

E 1500

51 active

E 1501 Limit reached

P 1502

≥1

TMS

ANSI 79 Reclose

P 1503 IDMT Curve

P 1501 51- TOC Pickup

&

t

E 1502 51-TOC Trip on/off

I

3~

1504 Reset Char .

Reclose

VR_EN

E 1505 Limit reached P 1506 51 -1 Delay P 1505 51-1 Pickup

&

E 1506 51-1 Trip on/off

3~ . 1511 Reset Char

Reclose

VR_EN


P 1508 51-2 Delay

P 1507 51-2 Pickup

&

E 1508 51-2 Trip on/off

3~ . 1511 Reset Char

VR_EN

Reclose


&

E 1510 51 - 3 Trip on/off

3~ 1511 Reset Char .

VR_EN

Reclose

on/off Voltage Restrain

Figure 3-43

- 140/208 -

Logic diagram for the AC time overcurrent protection


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.16 ANSI 51G/N – AC time ground overcurrent relay Inverse time overcurrent protection 51G/N contains ANSI characteristic curves (IDMT). The permissible setting range of this relay is depending on the ordered hardware. Refer to the order information to get the right internal current transformers for your application. ANSI 51G/N AC time ground overcurrent 1520. 1521. 1522. 1523. 1524. 1525. 1526.

Time ground overcurrent: ON – Limit [1000]A : 100.0 % - Time multiplier (TMS): 1.00 sec - Curve shape : very inv. - Reset characteristic : def./Th – Reset character (Th) : 0 sec - Pickup type (51G/N) :meas.Ignd1

BACK Figure 3-44

Setting range: ON/OFF 2.0-999.9 % 0.01-10 sec 8 curve shapes (IDMT) none,def./Th,dep.,curve D-F 0-99 sec meas.Ignd1/measIg1+2/meas.Ignd2/ calculated

EXIT

ANSI 51G/N

Parameter description: 1520. Time ground overcurrent : If the AC time ground overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 1521. - Limit [xxxx] A : Limit setting of AC time ground overcurrent; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1521] will be set. 1522. - Time multiplier (TMS) : Time multiplier setting for the corresponding curve shape (see parameter [1523]); if event [1521] is active and the delay time calculated with the time multiplier and the chosen curve shape is passed, the event [1522] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1521]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 1523. - Curve shape : Curve shape selection of AC time ground overcurrent; eight curve shapes (normal inverse, very inverse, extremely inverse, curve D-F, INV-K and VINV-K) can be selected (see Appendix A5). 1524. - Reset characteristic : Reset characteristic of time overcurrent relay; if the calculated delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1521] then a special reset characteristic for the actual calculated delay time can be set with this parameter. The following characteristics are available: none, def./Th, depending, curve D-F (see also Appendix A5). 1525. - Reset character (Th) : Holding time for reset characteristic if parameter [1524] is set to “def./Th”. If the calculated delay time is in process and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1521] then the calculated delay time is hold for this time. ®

SYMAP


- 141/208 -

Service Manual

1526. - Pickup type (51G/N) : Two different types of the AC time ground overcurrent pickup can be selected. The first one is measured and the second is calculated.

- 142/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.17 ANSI 51 LR – Locked Rotor ANSI 51LR 1540. 1541. 1542. 1543. 1544.

– – – –

Locked rotor (motor)

Locked rotor relay : ON Starting current : 300.0 % Starting time : 10.0 sec Locked rotor current: 200.0 % Locked rotor time : 8.0 sec Tm (calculated)= 1.00 sec

BACK Figure 3-45

Setting range: ON/OFF 10-999.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec 10-999.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec calculated from [1541] & [1542]

EXIT

ANSI 51 LR


Locked rotor relay : If the locked rotor protection should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.

1541.

- Starting current : During starting phase of the motor, the current will be limited with extremely inverse characteristic. The time multiplier Tm (see figure 3-46) will be calculated with the starting current [1541] and the starting time [1542]. The trip time formula for the extremely inverse characteristic is:

t = Tm *

80

(I / In )2 − 1

⇒ Tm =

2 ( parameter[1541] / In ) − 1 parameter[1542] *

80

Tm value will be displayed in the last line. 1542.

- Starting time : Because of the starting time, the time multiplier will be calculated. (see parameter [1542]). The stating phase will be limited by two times this setting. Use the event [1542] for a binary output or an alarm.

1543.

- Locked rotor current : During the running state of the motor, the trip time characteristic is definite. If the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1543] will be set.

1544.

- Locked rotor time : Time delay of event [1543]; if event [1543] is active and this delay time is passed the event [1544] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1543]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

®

SYMAP


- 143/208 -

Service Manual

Extremely Inverse Trip Time Characteristic t (S)

100000 10000

51 LR Motor state: Starting

1000 100 10 Starting time Parameter [1542]

1

0,1 0,01

1

Figure 3-46

Start current Parameter [1541]

P.U . Inverse time characteristic during starting phase. The extremely inverse curve for trip time will be defined by parameters [1541] and [1542] 2

10

20

51LR Trip Time Characteristics 10000 1000 51 LR Motor state: Running

100 10

51 LR current Parameter [1543]

1 0,1 0,01

1

Figure 3-47

- 144/208 -

2

51LR time Parameter [1544]

6

PU

Definite time characteristic during running state of the motor. The time characteristic will be defined by parameters [1543] and [1544] SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.18 ANSI 59 – Overvoltage relay The overvoltage relay operates when the actual measured voltage is more than a pre-determined value. The overvoltage protection has the task of preventing insulation failure by protecting against abnormally high voltage levels. Abnormally high voltages often occur in low loaded, long distance transmission lines, in islanded systems when generator voltage regulation fails, or after full load shutdown of a generator from the system. ANSI 59 Overvoltage relay 1600. 1601. 1602. 1603. 1604. 1605. 1606.

Setting range:

Overvoltage relay : ON - 1. Limit value : 110.0 % - Time multiplier (TMS): 1.00 sec - Curve shape : definite reserved : - 2. Limit value : 110.0 % - Delay time (definite): 1.00 sec

BACK Figure 3-48

ON/OFF/reclose 1-999.9 % 0.01-10 sec normal inverse/definite 0-999.9 % 0.01-999.99 sec

EXIT

ANSI 59

Parameter description: 1600. Overvoltage relay : If the overvoltage relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. If it is set to “RECLOSE” it will close the breaker according to the setting of ANSI 79. 1601. - 1. Limit value : First overvoltage limit; the activation of this limit value depends on the curve shape selection of parameter [1603]: •

“normal inverse”: If the actual measured voltage value plus 5% (k-factor) exceeds this limit event [1601] will be set.

•

“definite”:

If the actual measured voltage value exceeds this limit event [1601] will be set. No k-factor will be calculated.

1602. - Time multiplier (TMS) : Delay time setting for overvoltage 1. limit; the characteristic of the delay time depends on the curve shape selection of parameter [1603]: •

“normal inverse”: If normal inverse curve shape is selected this parameter will be used as time multiplier.

•

“definite”:

If the curve shape is set to definite and if event [1601] is active, then a definite delay time will be activated.

Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

®

SYMAP


- 145/208 -

Service Manual

1603. - Curve shape : Curve shape selection of overvoltage; one curve shape (normal inverse) and one definite limit can be selected. Parameter [1602] is the time multiplier if the normal inverse curve is selected. If this parameter is set to “definite” then a definite time delay can be activated. 1604.

reserved

:

1605. - 2. Limit value : Second overvoltage limit; if the actual measured value exceeds this limit event [1605] will be set. 1606. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1605]; if event [1605] is active and this delay time is passed, the event [1606] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1605]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

ANSI 59 off on reclose

„1“

or

E 1600

P 1602

59 active


≥1

TMS

ANSI 79 Reclose

P 1603 IDMT Curve

P 1601 59 -1 Pickup

&

U>

E 1602 59 -1 Trip

on/off

3~

Reclose


P 1606 5 -2 Delay

P 1605 59 -2 Pickup

&

U >>

0 |

T |


3~ Reclose

ANSI 59N off on reclose

„1“

or

E 1610 59N active E 1611 Limit reache

U>

P 1612 59N Delay

d

P 1611 59N Pickup

&

0 |

T |

E 1612 59 -N Trip on/off

3~

Figure 3-49

- 146/208 -

Reclose

Logic diagram for the overvoltage protection


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.19 ANSI 59 B – BUS overvoltage relay There are two independent overvoltage relays for the BUS1 and BUS2 measure inputs available. The overvoltage relay operates when the actual measured voltage is more than a predetermined value. It prevents insulation failure by protecting against abnormally high voltage levels. Abnormally high voltages often occur in low-loaded long distance transmission lines, in isolated systems when generator voltage regulation fails, or after full-load shutdown of a generator from the system. Setting range:

ANSI 59 B Bus overvoltage relay 1610. BUS1 overvoltage relay : 1611. - Overvoltage 1.limit : 1612. - Delay time(definite): 1613. - Overvoltage 2.limit : 1614. - Delay time(definite): 1620. BUS2 overvoltage relay : 1621. - Overvoltage 1.limit : 1622. - Delay time(definite): 1623. - Overvoltage 2.limit : 1624. - Delay time(definite):

BACK Figure 3-50

ON 103.0 8.0 110.0 3.0 OFF 103.0 8.0 110.0 3.0

ON/OFF 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 ON/OFF 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9

% sec % sec % sec % sec


EXIT

ANSI 59 B

Parameter description: The parameters for the BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the following only the BUS1 parameters are described. 1610. BUS1 overvoltage relay The enable switch for the overvoltage relay

:

1611. - Overvoltage 1. limit : First limit of the set point for overvoltage; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning. 1612. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1611]; use the event [1612] to activate a binary output and an alarm. 1613. - Overvoltage 2. limit : Second limit of the set point for overvoltage; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning. 1614. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1613]; use the event [1614] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

®

SYMAP


- 147/208 -

Service Manual

3.20 ANSI 64/59N – Overvoltage ground relay Ground detector relay is a relay that operates on failure of machine or other apparatus insulation to ground. Sensitive ground fault detection may be used in isolated or compensated systems to detect ground faults. In solidly or low-resistance grounded systems, sensitive ground fault detection is used to detect high impedance ground faults. Sensitive ground fault detection may be used for alarming and acoustic signaling or may be allowed to initiate tripping. By summation of the moment values of the single leak voltage (measured from the clip X1-17, 19 and 21) covered against the earth (case) the misalignment tension is calculated: U0 = ⅓ |Ū1 + Ū2 + Ū3|. Programmable timers are supplied to supervise the alarming and tripping. For this protection function the SYMAP® must be equipped with a sensitive input transformer. Because of its high sensitivity, ground fault detection is not suited for detection of high magnitude ground faults. The directional and non-directional overcurrent protection functions are preferred for this application. ANSI 64/59N Overvoltage ground relay 1700. 1701. 1702. 1703. 1704. 1705. 1706. 1707. 1708. 1709.

Setting range:

Ground detector relay : OFF - Limit value Ugnd1 : 100.0 % - Delay time (definite): 10.0 sec reserved: - Limit value Ugnd2 : 100.0 % - Delay time (definite): 10.0 sec reserved: Overvoltage relay [59N]: OFF - 1.Limit value : 50.0 % - Delay time (definite): 1.0 sec

BACK Figure 3-51

ON/OFF/reclose 0.1-999.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec 0.1-999.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec ON/OFF/reclose 0.1-100.0 % 0.01-999.99 sec

EXIT

ANSI 64

Parameter description: 1700. Ground detector relay : If the ground detector relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 1701. - Limit value Ugnd1 First limit setting of ground overvoltage

:

1702. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1701]; use this event to activate an output. 1704. - Limit value Ugnd2 Second limit setting of ground overvoltage

:

1705. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1704]; use this event to activate an output. 1707. Overvoltage relay [59N] : If the overvoltage relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.

- 148/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1708. - 1. Limit value : Limit setting of displacement voltage; the voltage will be calculated from the measured three-phase system. Example: With a rated of 400 V and a strain of 10 % the permissible displacement voltage corresponds 40 V. 1709. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1708]; use this event to activate an output.

®

SYMAP


- 149/208 -

Service Manual

3.21 ANSI 66 – Start Inhibit for Motors ANSI 66 Start inhibit for motors 1720. 1721. 1722. 1723. 1724. 1725.

Start inhibit relay : - Allow time : - Allowed starts : - Limit time : - Thermal limit (0d): – Event for SI

OFF 30.0 min 2 20.0 min 55 %

BACK Figure 3-52

Setting range: ON/OFF 1-999.9 min 1-50 1-999.9 min 1-100 %

EXIT

ANSI 66


Start inhibit relay : If the start inhibit relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.

1721.

- Allow time : Defines the period of time in which a number of start attempts are allowed

1722.

- Allowed starts : Number of starts which are allowed within the period of time (parameter [1721])

1723.

- Limit time : After the last motor start, the limit time has to be passed before a new start is allowed.

1724.

- Thermal limit (0d) : If the thermal load of the motor is higher then this thermal limit no further start attempt is allowed.

1725.

- Event for SI : If one of the above conditions for start inhibit (parameters [1721] to [1723]) is fulfilled event [1725] start inhibit will be activated and the SI window in the LCD-display will appear.

NOTE:

The events [1721], [1723] and [1724] are only listed in the event history after event [1725] is active and the ON-key is pressed.

Actual number of starts ≥ Allowed starts/allow time

≥1 Start Inhibit (SI)

Limit time [1723] after last start attempt active

Event [1725]

Actual thermal load > thermal limit [1724]

Figure 3-53 - 150/208 -

Start inhibit for motors – overview SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.22 ANSI 67 – AC Directional Overcurrent Relay AC directional overcurrent relay is a relay that functions on a desired value of AC overcurrent flowing in a predetermined direction. When the directional overcurrent stage exceeds the current setting (parameter [1801]) and if the directional operation has been selected then the directional criteria should activate event [1801]. After the time delay, event [1802] will be activated. These events can be used to activate the alarm controller and the binary outputs. The operation of the directional overcurrent stage is based on a definite time or inverse time characteristic. This mode of operation is set with parameter [1803]. At definite time mode of operation, the operating time is set in 10 msec steps. At inverse time mode of operation (I.D.M.T.), six internally standardized and two special type time/current characteristics are available. The operation stage starts if the current on one of the phases exceeds the setting value and if the phase angle between the current and base angle falls within the operation sector +/- 60° and if the phase angle is selected at parameter [1807]. The directional control is based on measuring the phase current and the phase voltage. The phase voltage is recalculated from the line voltage, which means that earth influences at the phase voltage are eliminated. ANSI 67 AC directional overcurrent 1800. AC dir.overcurrent [67]: ON 1801. – Limit value [1000]A : 100.0 % 1802. - Time multiplier (TMS): 1.00 sec 1803. - Curve shape : very inv. 1804. - Reset characteristic : def./Th 1805. – Reset character. (Th): 0 sec 1806. – Current direction : reverse 1807. – Phase angle :0 ° 1808. – Voltage low limit : 8 % 1809.- delay pickup in cycle: 8 1830.- block protection by : 10 BACK Figure 3-54

Setting range: ON/OFF 0.1-999,9 % 0.01-10 sec normal inverse…curve F +definite none,def./Th,dep.,curve D-F 0-99 sec reverse/forward/angle -180°- +180° 0-999 % 0-9999 0-9999

EXIT

ANSI 67

Parameter description: 1800. AC dir. overcurrent [67] : If the AC directional overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 1801. - Limit value [xxxx]A : Limit setting of AC directional overcurrent relay; if one of the three phase currents (I1-I3) exceeds this limit event [1801] will be activated.

®

SYMAP


- 151/208 -

Service Manual

1802.- Time multiplier (TMS) : Delay time for directional overcurrent; depending on parameter [1803]; this parameter can be used as time multiplier for inverse time characteristics or for definite delay time. Time multiplier: Event [1801] is active and the delay time calculated with the time multiplier and the chosen curve shape (parameter [1803]) is passed, then event [1802] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1801]. Definite delay time: If the event [1801] is active and this definite delay time is passed then event [1802] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1801]. Please use parameter [1802] for the alarm or output controller. 1803. - Curve shape : Curve shape selection of AC directional overcurrent; eight curve shapes (normal inverse, very inverse, extremely inverse, curve D-F, INV-K and VINV-K) can be selected (see Appendix A5). 1804. - Reset characteristic : Reset characteristic of AC directional overcurrent relay; if the calculated delay time has been activated and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1801] then a special reset characteristic for the actual calculated delay time can be set with this parameter. The following characteristics are available: none, def./Th, depending, curve D-F (see also Appendix A5). 1805. - Reset character. (Th) : Holding time for reset characteristic if parameter [1804] is set to “def./Th”. If the calculated delay time has been activated and the actual measured current value falls below the limit of parameter [1801] then the calculated delay time will be on hold for this time. 1806. - Current direction : The operational direction of the directional stage can be selected to be “forward”, “reverse” or “angle”, which means the operational sector will be defined with the angle definition of parameter [1807] +/-60°.

U1

IL1

Non operational Sector

U2

Figure 3-55

- 152/208 -

Reverse direction

U3

Operation sector when parameter [1806] is set to “reverse”


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

U1

U2

Figure 3-56

IL1


Forward direction

U3

Operation sector when parameter [1806] is set to “forward”

-60°

U1

IL1 φParameter [1807] = -45°

+60°

U3

Figure 3-57

1807.


U2

Operational sector when parameter [1806] is set to “angle” and Parameter [1807] is set to -45°

- phase angle : If the operational direction of the directional stage is selected with “angle” the operational sector is defined with this parameter +/- 60°.

1808. - voltage low limit : Minimum voltage for relay operation; to secure a reliable relay function, the voltage limit of this parameter must be exceeded to activate the protection function and to determine the angle between voltage and current.

Phase current > Parameter [1801]

≥1

Phase current within operating area Parameter [1806]

®

SYMAP

Parameter [1802]

ANSI 67 tripped

Event [1802]

Phase voltage > Parameter [1808]

Figure 3-58

Delay time

Criteria for ANSI 67 trip


- 153/208 -

Service Manual ANSI 67-TOC off

„1“

on

P 1801

67-TOC Pickup

P 1806

67-TOC Direction

E 1800 67-TOC active

P 1802

TMS


P 1803 IDMT Curve

&

E 1802 67-TOC Trip

3~

VR_EN

P 1804 Reset Char.

on/off

„1“ Voltage Restrain

P 1805 Reset Char. Th

ANSI 67 N/G/Gs off on

„1“

E 1808

67 N/G/Gs active

P 1809 67 N/G/Gs Pickup

P 1810

P 1814 67 N/G/Gs Direction P 1815


TMS

P 1811 IDMT Curve

67 N/G/Gs Type

&

E 1810

67 N/G/Gs Trip

3~

P 1812 Reset Char. P 1813 Reset Char. Th

Figure 3-59

- 154/208 -

Logic diagram for the AC directional overcurrent protection


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.23 ANSI 67GS/GD – AC directional ground overcurrent relay The AC directional ground overcurrent relay is a relay that functions on a desired value of AC ground overcurrent flowing in a predetermined direction. The permissible setting range of this relay depends upon the hardware. Refer to the purchase information of the hardware to get the appropriate internal current transformers. Required measuring inputs (pick up) for ANSI67GS/GD protection: •

Ground current input “IG1”, connector X1

•

Ground voltage input “UG”, connector X1

ATTENTION:

ANSI 67GS is only available if the protection device is equipped with a sensitive earth current measuring input!

ANSI 67GS/GD AC dir. ground overcurrent 1810.AC direction. [67GS] : ON 1811.- Limit value [Ignd1] : 1.5 mA 1812.– Max. limit (no dir.) : 4.0 mA 1813.- Delay time (definite) : 1.0 sec 1814.– Volt. low limit [Vo1] : 10 % 1815.– Phase angle [+/-60] : -55 deg 1816.– delay pickup in cycles: 0 1817.- block protection by : 0 ev.

BACK Figure 3-60

Setting range: ON/OFF 0.1-6000.0 mA or 2.0-2999.9% 0.1-6000.0 mA or 2.0-2999.9% 0.01-99.99 sec 1-999 % 0-360° 1-9999 1-9999

EXIT

ANSI 67GS/GD

Parameter description: 1810. AC direction.[67GS/GD] : If the AC dir. ground overcurrent relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 1811. - Limit value [Ignd1] : Limit setting of AC directional ground overcurrent; the unit of this limit is mA instead of a percentage. Through this unit very small values can be set (e.g. if a ZCT is in use). If the ground current exceeds this limit value event [1811] will be activated. 1812. - Max. limit value (no dir.) : Maximum limit setting of AC directional ground overcurrent; if the ground current exceeds these limit value events [1811] and [1812] will be activated. These events will in turn activate the Delay Timer [1813] without checking the directional conditions. To disable the maximum limit supervision set this parameter to zero.

®

SYMAP


- 155/208 -

Service Manual

1813.- Delay time (definite) : The delay timer for the directional ground overcurrent relay will be activated if the following criteria are fulfilled: •

The ground (neutral) current exceeds the limit value of parameter [1811].

•

The ground (residual) voltage exceeds the limit value of parameter [1814].

•

The phase angle φ is within the operating range given with Parameter [1815] +/-60°.

The timer will also be activated when the ground current exceeds the limit value of parameter [1812]. If the delay time is passed then event [1813] will be activated as long as the above criteria are fulfilled. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 1814. - volt. Low limit [Vo1] : Limit setting for ground voltage; if the ground voltage exceeds this limit the protection relay will be activated. To secure reliable relay operation at extremely low ground voltage, a memory function has been implemented. At sudden loss of ground voltage in a fault situation, this memory function gives the directional stage an additional 3 seconds time to operate after loss of voltage (ground voltage below parameter [1814]). 1815. - Phase angle [+/-60°] : Definition of the operating area of the directional ground current relay; the operating area is defined by this phase angel (Io to Uo) plus 60° degrees in both directions. If the actual phase angle of the ground current in relation to the ground voltage is within the operating area then the protection relay will be activated (see also figures 3-61 and 3-62). U0 I0 φ p[1815]

non operational Sector

I0 LIMIT [1811]

±60

Figure 3-61

- 156/208 -

Operation characteristic when the phase angle φp = +90°


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

U0 φ

I0

±60

non operational Sector

Figure 3-62

I0 LIMIT [1811]

Operation characteristic when the phase angle φp = 0°

1816. - delay pickup in cycles : If the conditions for the directional overcurrent relay are fulfilled then the pickup events [1811] or [1813] will be activated. The delay of the pickup can be cycle wise increased by this parameter. 1817. - block protection by : AC directional ground overcurrent protection can be completely blocked by any active event. For blocking, the number related to this blocking event has to be assigned to parameter [1817]. Blocking is only effective, however, as long as the blocking event is active.

®

SYMAP


- 157/208 -

Service Manual

3.24 ANSI 78 – Vector surge/dF/dt supervision relay Setting range:

ANSI 78 Vector surge supervision 1840. Vector surge superv. : 1841. - limit for phase jump : 1842. - current increase : 1843. reserved: 1844. – minimum voltage : 1845.dF/dt supervision dF/sec: 1846. – delay time (definite):

BACK Figure 3-63

ON/OFF 0-360 deg 0.0-999.9 %

ON 0 deg 0.0 %

0.0-99.9 % 0.00-99.99 Hz 0.00-99.99 sec

90.0 % 5.00 Hz 0.10 sec

EXIT

ANSI 78

Parameter description: 1840. Vector surge superv. : To activate the vector surge supervision, set parameter [1840] to “ON”, otherwise to “OFF”. 1841. - limit for phase jump : If a phase jump is higher than the limit set in parameter [1841] is detected than event [1841] will be activated. This event triggers the current flow check. Do not use this event to activate a relay output, since the active state of this event is too short. If no current increase check is needed use event [1842] for activating a relay output. In this case, set parameter [1842] to zero. 1842.

- current increase : After a phase jump (event [1841]) is detected, the current flow check will be activated. If this parameter is set to zero event [1842] will be activated immediately. Otherwise if the current flow after the following cycle exceeds the limit set in parameter [1841] then event [1842] will be activated. Use this event number to activate a relay output.

1843.

reserved

:

Not in use 1844. - minimum voltage : If the feeder voltage exceeds the limit set in parameter [1844] then the vector surge supervision (parameters [1841] and [1842]) and the dF/dt supervision (parameters [1845] and [1846]) will be activated after a two seconds delay.

- 158/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1845.dF/dt supervision dF/sec : Limit value for the dF/dt supervision; if the frequency changes per second exceed the limit value set in parameter [1845] event [1845] will be activated as long as the frequency changes are below this limit. The dF/dt supervision can be switched off if this value is set to zero. Example: The allowed frequency change per 100 ms is 0.5 Hz. That means the frequency change per second is 5 Hz. This limit value should be set with parameter [1845]. => 0.5 Hz/100 ms = 5 Hz/1 s 1846. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [1845]; if event [1845] is active and this delay time is passed, event [1846] will be activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [1845]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller.

®

SYMAP


- 159/208 -

Service Manual

3.25 ANSI 78 S Out-of-step tripping Setting range:

ANSI 78 S Out of step tripping 1850. 1851. 1852. 1853. 1854. 1855. 1856. 1857.

Out of step tripping : – limit reverse power : reserved: – limit high act.power : – reserved: – number of periods : – reserved: –holding time of pickup:

BACK Figure 3-64

ON 5.0 %

ON/OFF 0.0-99.9 %

75.0 %

0.0-199.9% 0-100

4

0.1-999.9 sec

40.0 sec

EXIT

ANSI 78 S

Parameter description: 1850. Out-of-step tripping : To activate the Out-of-step tripping supervision, set parameter [1850] to “ON”, otherwise to “OFF”. 1851. - limit reverse power : Low limit setting of Out-of-step tripping supervision; if the active power of the generator exceeds this limit value the out-of-step supervision will be activated. This means the supervision period timer will be started if it has not already been activated. 1852.

reserved

:

Reserved parameter 1853. - limit high act. power : High limit setting of out-of-step tripping supervision; if the supervision period timer is running (see parameter [1851]) and the active power of the generator exceeds this limit the positive amplitude of the out-of-step tripping supervision will be registered. An out-of-step period is complete if during the supervision time (parameter [1857]) the high limit and the low limit (parameters [1851] and [1853]) are detected. 1854.

reserved

:

Reserved parameter 1855. - number of periods : Maximum number of periods for out-of-step tripping; if the count of out-of-step periods reaches this limit then the trip condition has been reached and event [1855] will be activated. This event remains active as long as during the next supervision period no outof-step conditions are measured. Please use this parameter number for the alarm or output controller. 1856.

reserved

:

Reserved parameter

- 160/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

1857. -holding time of pickup : Maximum supervision time for an out-of-step period; if the supervision timer has run down without detecting another out-of-step condition, the period counter will be set to zero. Active power P 100%

„limit high act. power“ P[1853] = 60%

P>0

0%

t

„limit reverse power“ P[1851] = -10%

P<0: reverse power!

„holding time of pickup“ P[1857] = 30s

t „number of periods“ P[1855] = 4 3 2

t

1 0

„ANSI 78S pickup“ E[1853]

t „ANSI 78S trip“ E[1855]

t

Figure 3-65

Example for ANSI 78 S out-of-step tripping

Explanation of the diagram: 1. The active power of the generator exceeds the “limit reverse power” P[1851] and so the timer for out-of-step period supervision “holding time of pickup” P[1857] has been started. 2. The active power of the generator exceeds the “limit high act. power” P[1853]. This is another criterion for the out-of-step period. 3. The active power of the generator exceeds the “limit reverse power” P[1851] again. The out-of-step condition has been reached, since a whole power swing period has been gained before the “holding time of pickup” P[1857] has run down. The out-of-step counter “number of periods “ P[1855] will be increased by one, and event “ANSI 78S pickup” E[1853] becomes active. Subsequently, the next power swing period will be supervised. ®

SYMAP


- 161/208 -

Service Manual

4. The number of out-of-step periods has reached the maximum “number of periods” P[1855]), thus event “ANSI 78S trip” E[1855] will be activated. 5. If timer for out-of-step period supervision runs down without detecting another out-of-step period, the events “ANSI 78S pickup” E[1853] and “ANSI 78S trip” E[1855] will be deactivated. The out-of-step counter will be reset. NOTE:

- 162/208 -

The timer for out-of-step period supervision will be activated, only if the active power falls below the “limit reverse power“ P[1851].


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.26 ANSI 79 – AC reclosing relay AC reclosing relay is a relay that controls the automatic reclosing and locking out of an AC circuit breaker. From experience, the majority of faults associated with overhead distribution feeders are temporary in nature. Therefore, to maximize service availability, it is desirable to employ a system that will close the circuit breaker shortly after it is tripped. This is accomplished in the SYMAP® via the automatic reclosing system. When the automatic reclosing system is used if the fault still exists after the circuit breaker has been reclosed, then the protective elements will re-trip the circuit breaker. Depending on the number of reclosing attempts programmed for the automatic reclosing system (up to nine are possible), the circuit breaker will either be reclosed again, or it will remain open. The automatic reclosing function is typically utilized only in situations in which the occurrence of temporary faults is anticipated. Therefore, the automatic reclosing system is not applied when the SYMAP® is used to protect generators, motors, transformers, and cables. The automatic reclosing function can also be initiated by an external protection relay. For this application, an output contact from the tripping relay must be wired to a binary input of the SYMAP®. It is also possible to allow the SYMAP® to work in conjunction with an external reclosing device. Initiation of the automatic reclosing function can be caused by internal protective functions or externally using a binary input. Each of the following elements may initiate the automatic reclosing function: ANSI 50-1, 50-2, 50-r, 51, 46-1, 46-2, 46-TOC The automatic reclosing system can be programmed so that any of the elements above can initiate, not initiate, or block reclosing. If an element initiates reclosing the appropriate reclosing program is executed. ANSI 79 AC reclosing relay 1900. AC reclosing relay : 1901. - Reclaim time : 1902. - Reclosing trials : 1903. - 1. Reclosing time : 1904. - 2. Reclosing time : 1905. - 3. Reclosing time : 1906. - 4. Reclosing time : 1907. - 5. Reclosing time : 1908. - 6. Reclosing time : 1909. - 7. Reclosing time : 1910. - 8. Reclosing time : 1911. - 9. Reclosing time : 1912. – Blocking via event : 1913. - Initiate via event : 1914. – CB reclose event 1915. –Reclose event duration: 1916. –Reclose success event 1917. –Reclose fail event BACK Figure 3-66

®

SYMAP

Setting range:

ON 20.0 3 250 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0

sec ms sec sec sec sec sec sec sec sec

100 ms

ON/OFF 0.1-999.9 0-999 0-9999 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 0.1-999.9 Event no. Event no.

sec ms sec sec sec sec sec sec sec sec

0-9999 ms

EXIT

ANSI 79


- 163/208 -

Service Manual


AC reclosing relay : If the AC reclosing relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”.

1901.

- Reclaim time : The reclaim time is the setting of the maximum time of the whole reclosure attempt.

1902.

- Reclosing trials : Setting of the maximum numbers of reclosures shots

1903.

- 1. Reclosing time Setting of the first reclosing time

:

1904.

- 2. Reclosing time Setting of the second reclosing time

:

1905.

- 3. Reclosing time Setting of the third reclosing time

:

1906.

- 4. Reclosing time Setting of the forth reclosing time

:

1907.

- 5. Reclosing time Setting of the fifth reclosing time

:

1908.

- 6. Reclosing time Setting of the sixth reclosing time

:

1909.

- 7. Reclosing time Setting of the seventh reclosing time

:

1910.

- 8. Reclosing time Setting of the eighth reclosing time

:

1911.

- 9. Reclosing time Setting of the ninth reclosing time

:

1912.

- Blocking via event : The breaker reclosure command can be blocked by entering the belonging event number. All other functions of ANSI 79 are active.

1913.

- Initiate via event : A reclosure shot can be initiated by entering the selected event number. That is only possible when the reclose time is active only.

1914.

- CB reclose event This event will drive the breaker over a binary output. .

1915. - Reclose event duration : The duration is responsible for the length of pulse time of the reclosure shot. 1916. - Reclose success event

.

1917. - Reclose fail event

- 164/208 -

.


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Trip Command CLOSE

Breaker Status

OPEN

Reclosing Command 1. Reclosing Time

duration [1915] 2. Reclosing Time

Reclaim Time

Figure 3-67

Timing diagram for a second successful reclosure

Trip Command CLOSE

Breaker Status

OPEN

Reclosing Command 1. Reclosing Time

duration [1915] 2. Reclosing Time

Reclaim Time

Figure 3-68

®

SYMAP

Timing diagram for two unsuccessful reclosing shots


- 165/208 -

Service Manual

3.27 ANSI 81 – Frequency relay Frequency relay is a relay that responds to the frequency of an electrical quantity and operates when the frequency or rate of change of frequency exceeds or is less than a predetermined value. The frequency is measured from the feeder voltage. The frequency protection function detects abnormally high and low frequencies in the system. If the frequency lies outside the allowable range, appropriate actions are initiated, such as load shedding or separating a generator from the system. A decrease in system frequency occurs when the system experiences an increase in the real power demand or when a malfunction occurs with a generator governor or automatic generation control (AGC) system. An increase in system frequency occurs when large blocks of load are removed from the system or again when a malfunction occurs with a generator governor or AGC system. Through the use of filters and repeated measurements, the frequency evaluation is free from harmonic influences and very accurate. Frequency protection consists of four frequency elements. Two given frequency element can be set to pickup for overfrequency and two for underfrequency conditions. Each element can be independently set and utilized to perform different functions within the system. The frequency can be determined as long as the positive sequence voltages are present and of sufficient magnitude. If the measurement voltage drops below a settable value (parameter [2012]) then frequency protection is blocked. For elements used in an underfrequency protection mode, as soon as the frequency of the measured voltage decreases below the setting, the element picks up and remains picked up until the system frequency increases above the setting. For elements used in an overfrequency protection mode, as soon as the frequency of the measured voltage increases above the setting, the element picks up and remains picked up until the frequency decreases below the setting. ANSI 81 Frequency relay 2000. 2001. 2002. 2003. 2004. 2005. 2006. 2007. 2008. 2009. 2010. 2011. 2012.

Frequency relay : OFF Overfreq. 1.step limit : 102.0 % - Delay time (definite): 4.0 sec reserved: Overfreq. 2.step limit : 104.0 % - Delay time (definite): 2.0 sec reserved: Underfreq. 1.step limit: 98.0 % - Delay time (definite): 4.0 sec reserved: Underfreq. 2.step limit: 86.0 % - Delay time (definite): 2.0 sec Undervoltage blocking : 0.0 % BACK

Figure 3-69

- 166/208 -

Setting range: ON/OFF/CB ON 100.0-199.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec 100.0-199,9 % 0.1-999.9 sec 0.1-99.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec 0.1-99.9 % 0.1-999.9 sec 0.1-99.9 %

EXIT

ANSI 81


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Parameter description: 2000. Frequency relay : This parameter activates the frequency supervision, whereby: •

“OFF”:

deactivates,

•

“ON”:

activates and

•

“CB ON”: activates the underfrequency supervision only if the circuit breaker is switched on.

2001.Overfreq. 1.step limit Limit setting of definite overfrequency

:

2002. - Delay time (defnite) : Time delay of event [2001]; use this event to activate an output. 2003.

reserved

:

2004. Overfreq. 2.step limit Limit setting of definite overfrequency

:


reserved

2007. Underfreq. 1.step limit Limit setting of definite underfrequency

: :


reserved

2010. Underfreq. 2.step limit Limit setting of definite underfrequency

: :

2011. - Delay time (defnite) : Time delay of event [2010]; use this event to activate an output. 2012. Undervoltage blocking This parameter depends on the device type.

:

Device type BC or X: When the feeder voltage is lower than this setting the underfrequency protection function is disabled. Device type BCG or XG: This parameter is not active since the underfrequency relay works when the main breaker is on, otherwise it is blocked.

®

SYMAP


- 167/208 -

Service Manual ANSI 81

off on

„1“ P 2012

Reset

≥1

Setting

Startup U> 3~

S1 R

E 200

8 active

Q E 200 Limit reached

P 200 8 -1 Pickup

&

f>

8 -1 Delay

P 200 0 |

T |

E 200

8 -1 Trip

3~

E 200 Limit reached

P 200 8 -2 Pickup

&

f >>

8 -2 Delay

P 200 0 |

T |

E 200

8 -2 Trip

3~

E 200 Limit reached

P 200 8 -3 Pickup

&

f<

P 200 0 |

8 -3 Delay T |

E 200

8 -3 Trip

3~

P 201 8 -4 Pickup

f <<

E 201 Limit reached

&

8 -4 Delay

P 201 0 |

T |

E 201

8 -4 Trip

3~

Figure 3-70

- 168/208 -

Logic diagram for the frequency protection


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.28 ANSI 81 B – BUS frequency relay There are two independent frequency relays for the BUS1 and BUS2 measure inputs available. ANSI 81B Bus frequency relay

Setting range:

2020.BUS1 frequency relay : ON 2021.- Overfrequency 1.limit : 102.0 % 2022. - delay (definite): 8.0 sec 2023.- Overfrequency 2.limit : 108.0 % 2024. - delay (definite): 2.0 sec 2025.- Underfrequency 1.limit: 98.0 % 2026. - delay (definite): 4.0 sec 2027.- Underfrequency 2.limit: 97.0 % 2028. - delay (definite): 1.0 sec 2029.- Minimum startvoltage : 30.0 % 2030.BUS2 frequency relay : ON 2031.- Overfrequency 1.limit : 102.0 % ↓ BACK Figure 3-71

ON/OFF 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 ON/OFF 0.0-999.9

ANSI 81 B-1

- delay (definite): 7.0 Overfrequency 2.limit : 105.0 - delay (definite): 3.0 Underfrequency 1.limit: 99.0 - delay (definite): 9.0 Underfrequency 2.limit: 98.0 - delay (definite): 1.5 Minimum startvoltage : 25.0

BACK Figure 3-72

%

EXIT

ANSI 81B Bus frequency relay 2032. 2033.2034. 2035.2036. 2037.2038. 2039.-

% sec % sec % sec % sec %

Setting range:

↑ sec % sec % sec % sec %

0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9

sec % sec % sec % sec %

EXIT

ANSI 81 B-2

Parameter description: The parameters for the BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the following only the BUS1 parameters are described: 2020. BUS1 frequency relay The enable switch for the frequency relay

:

2021. - Overfrequency 1.limit : First limit of the set point for overfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm pre-warning. 2022.

- delay (definite) : Time delay of event [2021]; use the event [2022] to activate a binary output and an alarm. ®

SYMAP


- 169/208 -

Service Manual

2023.- Overfrequency 2.limit : Second limit of the set point for overfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning. 2024.

- delay (defnite) : Time delay of event [2023]; use the event [2024] to activate a binary output and an alarm.

2025. - Underfrequency 1.limit : First limit of the set point for underfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning. 2026.


2027. - Underfrequency 2.limit : Second limit of the set point for underfrequency; this event number can be used for an alarm prewarning. 2028.


2029. - Minimum startvoltage If the startvoltage is reached by all 3 phases the frequency relay remains always active until power on reset. .

- 170/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.29 ANSI 86 – Lockout relay Lockout relay is a reset auxiliary relay that is operated manually upon the occurrence of abnormal conditions to maintain associated equipment or devices inoperative until it is reset. Setting range:

ANSI 86 Lockout relay 2090. 2091. 2092.

Operate as Flip-Flop?: - reset by event : – lockout set (stored)

BACK Figure 3-73

NO/YES 0-9999

NO 9999

EXIT

ANSI 86

Parameter description: 2090. Operate as Flip-Flop? : If the lockout relay should be activated set it to “ON”. The lockout function of the binary output –X2.1/16, 17 (event [0702]) is active. This relay output is working as a normal binary output in case the failure lockout relay is switched off. Otherwise, it can be used as S/R-flip-flop (see figure 3-70). 2091. - reset by event : This event initiates a reset of the failure lockout relay output in case the release of the output is no longer active. This function is comparable with a SR-Register. 2092. lockout set (stored)

:

Binary Output Event [0702] 1. Event 2. Event 3. Event 4. Event 5. Event 6. Event

Parameter [2090]

≥1

&

S R

[0702]

[0703]

Parameter [2091] Figure 3-74

®

SYMAP

Logic diagram for the lockout relay function


- 171/208 -

Service Manual

3.30 ANSI 87 – Differential protection relay Differential protection relay is a relay that functions on a percentage or phase angle or other quantitative difference of two currents or of some other electrical quantities. ANSI 87 Differential protection 2100.Diff. protective relay : 2101.– Diff. limit [200]A : 2102.- Delay time (definite) : 2103.– Angle compensation : 2104.- reserved : 2105.– power flow for 87LD : 2106.– min. voltage for 87LD : 2107.– Inrush blocking : 2108.– Bias limit : 2109.– Zero compensation : 2110.– delay pickup in cycles: 2111.- block protection by : 2112.- reserved : BACK Figure 3-75

Setting range:

OFF 20.0 % 0.15 sec Dy1

ON/OFF 2.0-99.9 % 0.05-999.99 sec None,Dy1,Dy5,Dy7,Dy11,Yd1…

forward 0.0 % ON 10.0 % OFF 1 0 ev.

forward/reverse 0.0-99.9 % ON/OFF 0.1-999.9 % ON/OFF 0-9999 0-9999

EXIT

ANSI 87

Parameter description: 2100. Diff. protective relay : This parameter activates the differential protection, whereby: •

“OFF”:

deactivates,

•

“ON”:

activates and

•

“CB ON”:

activates the differential protection only when the circuit breaker has been switched on.

2101. - Diff. Limit [xxxx]A : Limit setting of definite differential protection; if the actual measured current difference exceeds this limit event [2101] will be activated. 2102. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2101]; if event [2101] has been activated and the delay time is passed then event [2102] will remain activated as long as the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [2101]. Please use this parameter for the alarm or output controller. 2103. - Angle compensation NOTE:

:

Only in use for devices with transformer differential protection!

In case of transformer application, the angle compensation can be activated. Table 3-1 shows the possible settings and the corresponding phase shifts (Iprim/Isec) of the different transformer types.

- 172/208 -


®

SYMAP


Vector group matching

Transformer type NONE Dy1 Dy5 Dy7 Dy11 Yd1 Yd5 Yd7 Yd11

Phase shift Transformer Phase shift Iprim to Isec (deg) type Iprim to Isec (deg) 0 Dd0 30 0 Dd2 150 60 Dd4 210 120 Dd6 330 180 Dd8 30 240 Dd10 150 300 Yy0 210 0 Yy6 330 180 y11 : Iprim to Isec1 :330° ; Isec1 = Id1 (X1.7-12) LCD: IS1 d0 : Iprim to Isec2 : 0° ; Isec2 = Id2 (X1.13-16) LCD: IS2 y6 : Iprim to Isec1 : 180° ; Isec1 = Id2 (X1.13-16) LCD: IS2 d5 : Iprim to Isec2 : 150° ; Isec2 = Id1 (X1.7-12) LCD: IS1 Y0 : Iprim to Isec1 : 0° ; Isec1 = Id2 (X1.13-16) LCD: IS2 d1 : Iprim to Isec2 : 30° ; Isec2 = Id1 (X1.7-12) LCD: IS1

Dy11d0 Yy6d5 Yy0d1

2104. reserved

:

2105.- power flow for 87LD

:

NOTE:

Only in use for devices with line differential protection!

Definition of the power flow; the direction of the power flow will be transferred via the communication line. The status of the power flow is used to compare the RMS-values of the feeder phase currents with the received currents values (RMS) of the partner device. This function is activated when parameter [2106] is unequal to zero. 2106. - min. voltage for 87LD NOTE:

:

Only in use for devices with line differential protection!

The operation of the line differential protection is influenced in the following ways: •

“0%”:

•

“1%” – “99%”: The line differential protection function is blocked when a minimum of one feeder voltage is zero or under the limit value. If the feeder voltage is higher than this limit the protection function will be released, the power flow status of each phase will be calculated and transferred to the partner device.

The line differential protection is always active. Only the RMS-values of both devices are compared.

2107. - Inrush blocking : The delay time of parameter [2102] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI 95i settings are detected. The condition of the inrush can be set within the parameter group “ANSI 95i inrush blocking”. 2108. - Bias limit : If the actual measured feeder current exceeds the nominal value a spread factor will be calculated, increasing the limit of parameter [2101]. Figure 3-76 shows the formula and the characteristic of the bias factor:

®

SYMAP


- 173/208 -

Service Manual ANSI 87 [bias factor]

200 Calculation of actual differential protection limit with bias factor:

differential protection limit in [%] of In

180

bias = 50,0% bias = 40,0%

160

diff.limit = parameter [2101] + parameter [2101] * parameter [2108] * (I/In -1)

140

whereby: parameter [2101]: diff.limit [ANSI 87] parameter [2108]: bias factor (in percent)

120

bias = 30,0%

bias = 20,0%

100 80

bias = 10,0% 60 40 setpoint diff.limit ;here: [2101] =

20 0 0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

I/In

Figure 3-76

Formula and characteristic of the bias factor

2109. - Zero compensation NOTE:

:

Only in use for devices with transformer differential protection!

This parameter activates the zero compensation. In case of start-connection of transformer (e.g. Dyn 11 with connected neutral line) the y-connected side will be zero compensated. Therefore the sum of all momentary phase current values will be calculated. This neutral current will be used to reduce the measured current difference of the transformer. 2110. - delay pickup in cycles : If the actual measured difference current is higher then the limit setting of definite differential protection (parameter [2101]) the pickup of this protection relay will be activated. The delay of the pickup can be cycle wise (at fn = 50 Hz: 20 ms, at fn=60 Hz: 16,7 ms) increased by this parameter. Example: Rated frequency = 50 Hz. Parameter [2110] = 3 => Pickup delay time: 3 × 20 ms = 60 ms. 2111. - block protection by : Differential protection can be completely blocked by any active event. For blocking, the number related to this blocking event has to be assigned to parameter [2111]. Blocking is only effective, however, as long as the blocking event is active. 2112. - reserved

- 174/208 -

:


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Figure 3-77 shows a CT-connection example for the ANSI 87 protection relay.

CT-connection

1 I1 2 3 I 4 2 5 I3 6

P1 P2

P1

CT P2

P1 P2

13

I G1 14

G/M 3~

15 U ISO

AVR Rotor insulation

P2

CT

P1

7 I 8 D1 9 10 I D2 11

P2

12

P1 P2

X1

I D3

®

SYMAP -BC_connection_ANSI 87N

X1 = Type 3 CMA199 – 3/13

Figure 3-77

®

SYMAP

CT-connection for ANSI 87


- 175/208 -

Service Manual

3.31 ANSI 87LD – Line Differential Protection The line differential protection supervises a line section through current differential measurement. Therefore 2 devices on both line ends are necessary. Both devices are measuring the 3 phase line current. Over fibre optic, or copper pilot wire, the measuring values will be transmitted, and the difference values calculated. In the case of over limits, both circuit breakers on the cable end will be tripped. Connection example for fibre optic Transfer line

IA Station A

k

l

IB k

l

Station B

Protection area

LWL (max.: 40 km) *

Device A with: IA: IB: ID: LWL:

Mode

Max. Distance

Line/Core

Singlemode Multimode

40 km 2,5 km

9/125 µm 62,5/125 µm

Max. distance depends on patch numbers.

Device B

Line current measured in station A Line current measured in station B Differential current IA- IB Fiber optic; Communication interface between A and B

Figure 3-78

- 176/208 -

Line Differential Protection – fibre optic connection


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Connection example for copper connection Transfer line

IA

IB

Station A

Station B Protection area

LD-cooper line (max.: 700m) 29a

29a

28a

28a

29

29

28

28 120Ω

120Ω

Protection device A with: IA: IB: ID: LD-copper:

Figure 3-79

Table 3-2 Mode

*

Line current measured in station A Line current measured in station B Differential current IA- IB Copper line; communication interface between Device A and B

Line Differential Protection – copper pilot wiring

LD copper connection Min.Baud rate

Multi mode

Protection device B

125KBd/s

Type /line cross section

*

Max. Distance

Nym line/1,5mm²

400m

Twisted and blinded line 0,5mm²

700m

Copper

Load resistance

RT=120Ω

the longer the distance, the smaller the baud rate

Measuring method Both devices measure the three phase current and voltage on both line ends. Via this dates, the devices calculate value and direction of each phase current. This data’s will be transmitted over the fibre optics or copper wire to the other side. After accurate transmission the differential currents will be calculated. For the case of faulty communication the protection will be immediately blocked. Communication [system parameter/03 communication] Both, fibre optic and copper connection will be activated by communication parameter (serial port 2): Parameter description: 0322. SERIAL PORT (ASC2) : Engaging of the serial port for the fibre optic, and the copper connection.

®

SYMAP


- 177/208 -

Service Manual

0323.

-address : Communication address; within the fibre optic and the copper connection the decive should have address numbers 1 and 2.

0324.

-baud rate : Bit rate; the baud rate of the fibre optic communication needs to be adjusted on min. 89300 Baud (bit/sec), and for the copper communication min. 125000 Baud (bit/sec). A higher bit rate improves the result of the differential current measurement, due to the fact, that the relative time delay for the protocol exchange will be limited. This parameter needs to be similar for both devices.

After adjusting the communication parameter, both devices will establish a connection. Therefore the device with the No.1 will send a protocol with the measurement values to device 2 all 16-20ms. After successful receive of the protocol, the device 2 will answer with an own protocol. The line differential protection will be blocked, if within 20ms no protocol will be received. The event [0324] will be activated, if more than 10 protocols will be lost consecutively. After 2 min. communication error, the system alarm „3041. ACC2 bus off“ will be activated. . Calibration parameter Via the calibration parameter hardware components will be activated. The following calibrating parameters are important for the line differential protection. Parameter description: 0067. Diff. Current input : Activation of the differential protection; over engaging „LINE DIFF“ the operating system will be prepared in that way, that the currents for the differential calculation will be transmitted over the fibre optic, or copper connection. 0060. Current direction : Definition of the current direction; for current measuring in one similar direction (see k and l designation in figure 1.1), the direction of both devices needs to be adjusted on „forward“. If both devices are measuring into the protection zone, one device needs to be adjusted on „forward“, the other one on „reverse“. Protection parameter For line differential protection the parameter „ANSI 87 Differential protection“ needs to be chosen. The following parameters are available. Parameter description: 2100. Diff. Protection relay : Protection function activate/ deactivate; for activation of the line differential protection, put the parameter „ON“. 2101. - Diff. limit [ 80]A : Limit for differential protection. If the diff. current exceeds this limit, the differential protection will be started and event no. [2101] activated; (difference of the instantaneous current values from device A and B inclusive the power flow). For secure function of this limit min. 60ms are necessary. 2102. - Delay time (definite) : Delay time; exceeding of this time period activate the event [2102]. This event no. should be used for function outputs or alarms. - 178/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

2103. - 2104. These parameters are not used. 2105. - power flow for 87LD : Definition of the power flow; this parameter is similar to the calibration parameter [0060], however this parameter refers just on the direction of the differential protection. All further directional protection functions will be not affected. 2106. - min. voltage for 87LD : Min. line voltage for enabling the line differential protection; all 3 line voltage needs to be above this limit, for activation of the line differential protection. 2106. - Inrush blocking : Inrush blocking; if an „inrush“ is detected“, the inrush blocking from parameter [2102] could be used. Therefore the relays „ANSI 95i inrush blocking „ needs to be activated. All necessary criteria for the detection of an inrush could be adjusted in this parameter group, in order to extend the time limits. 2107. - Bias limit : Adjustment of the stabilizaation current; if the line current is above the nominal current, (Parameter [0200]), the Parameter [2101] enables to extend the value depending the current value. See „bias limit“ table service manual, chapter 1.2.28. 2108. - Zero compensation This parameter is not used.

®

SYMAP

:


- 179/208 -

Service Manual

3.32 ANSI 87 N – Restrict earth fault relay Restrict earth fault relay is a protective relay that functions on a percentage difference of two currents or of some other electrical quantities. ANSI 87 N Restrict earth fault relay 2120. 2121. 2122. 2123. 2124.

Restr.earth fault : - Limit value [50]A : - Delay time (definite): – Delay CT-saturation : – Inrush blocking :

BACK Figure 3-80

Setting range: ON/OFF/ON PRIMARY 0.0-999.9 % 0.1-9999.9 sec 0.1-9999.9 sec ON/OFF

OFF 5.0 % 0.3 sec 1.0 sec ON

EXIT

ANSI 87 N

Parameter description: 2120. Restr.earth fault

:

•

“OFF”:

restrict earth fault relay is inactive.

•

“ON”:

restricted earth fault relay is active. The fault current will be calculated referring to figure 3-81

•

“ON PRIMARY”:

restricted earth fault relay is active. The fault current will be calculated referring to figure 3-82

2121. - Limit value [xxxx]A Limit setting of definite differential protection

:

2122. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2121]; use this event to activate an output. 2123. - Delay CT-saturation : If the differential current transformer is operating in saturation the protection function (ANSI 87 N) will be blocked. After returning to the normal CT range, this delay time has to expire to activate the protection function again. 2124. - Inrush blocking : The delay time of parameter [2122] can be extended if inrush conditions referring to ANSI 95i settings are detected.

- 180/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

NOTE: The transformer winding ratio and transformer CT current on the secondary side will be taken from ANSI 87 parameters [2104] and [2105]. Restricted earth fault for Transformer application Parameter [2120] = “ON”

CT – connection

X1 1 I 2 1

P1 P2

CTPrim

3 I 4 2

P1 P2

5 I3 6

P1 P2

13 IG1 14

Calculation for the fault current: I87N= ID1+ID2+ID3 – IG2

X1

P1 P2

CTSec

7 8

ID1

9 10 ID2

P1 P2 P1

11

P2

12

P1

15

P2

16

ID3

IG2

N L1 L2 L3 X1 = Type 5 CMA199-4/14 Figure 3-81

®

SYMAP

Restricted earth fault for Transformer application


- 181/208 -

Service Manual

Restricted earth fault for Generator/Motor application Parameter [2120] = “ON PRIMARY”

CT - Connection X1 P1

CTPrim

P2

P1 P2

P1 P2

1 I 2 1 3 I 4 2 5 I3 6 Calculation for the fault current: I87N= I1+I2+I3 – IG1

CTgnd

P1 P2

Figure 3-82

- 182/208 -

13

IG 14 1

Restricted earth fault for Generator/Motor application


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.33 ANSI 94 – Supervision relay Setting range:

ANSI 94 Supervision relay 2220. 2221. 2222. 2223. 2224. 2225. 2226. 2227. 2228. 2229. 2230.

OFF/CB ON/ON 0.0-100.0 % 0.1-999.9 sec OFF/CB OFF/ON 0.0-100.0 % 0.1-999.9 sec OFF/ON 0.0-200.0 % 0.1-999.9 sec 0.0-200.0 % 0.1-999.9 sec

Shunt#1 circuit superv.: OFF – Undervoltage limit : 80.0 % – Delay time(definite): 10.0 sec Shunt#2 circuit superv.: OFF – Undervoltage limit : 80.0 % – Delay time(definite): 10.0 sec Aux. power supervision: ON – Overvoltage limit : 120.0 % – Delay time(definite): 10.0 sec – Undervoltage limit : 80.0 % – Delay time(definite): 10.0 sec BACK

Figure 3-83

EXIT

ANSI 94

Parameter description: 2220. Shunt #1 circuit superv.

:

•

“OFF”:

the supervision is inactive.

•

“CB ON”:

the supervision is active if the CB is closed and the Shunt#1 is inactive (the coil is open).

•

“ON”:

the supervision is active if the Shunt#1 is inactive (the coil is open).

2221.

- Undervoltage limit : Setting of the undervoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux. voltage of the shunt trip #1 circuit

2222.


2223. Shunt#2 circuit superv.

:

•

“OFF”:

•

“CB OFF”: the supervision is active if the CB is open and the Shunt#2 is inactive (the coil is open).

•

“ON”:

the supervision is inactive.

the supervision is active if the Shunt#2 is inactive (the coil is open).

2224. - Undervoltage limit : Setting of the undervoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux. voltage of the shunt trip #2 circuit 2225. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2226]; use this event to activate an output. 2226. Aux. power supervision Enable switch.

:

2227. - Overvoltage limit : Setting of the overvoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux. voltage of the aux. power circuit. ®

SYMAP


- 183/208 -

Service Manual

2228. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2230]; use this event to activate an output. 2229. - Undervoltage limit : Setting of the undervoltage alarm limit for the nominal aux.voltage of the aux. power circuit. 2230. - Delay time (definite) : Time delay of event [2232]. Use this event to activate an output. Figures 3-84 and 3-85 show the DC application for breaker coil supervision. + Binary output ® of SYMAP

Free-wheeling diode

For DC use of contacts from ® SYMAP , the relay coils must have a free-wheeling diode in parallel. Figure 3-84

- 184/208 -

®

DC application – Working principle to connect the SYMAP to DC breaker coils


®

SYMAP

Service Manual +

Control voltage: 24 – 250 V DC Shunt 1: Terminals 18 and 19 for “Trip”

18 19

Resistor: R = 15 x ROFF coil

®

SYMAP

20

Resistor: R = 15 x RON coil

21

OFF

ON

-

Free-wheeling diodes Figure 3-85

®

DC-application – Connection of SYMAP for DC breaker coil supervision

Figures 3-86 show the AC application for breaker coil supervision. ~

Control voltage: 24 – 250 V AC Shunt 1: Terminals 18 and 19 for “Trip”

18 19

Resistor: R = 15 x ROFF coil

®

SYMAP

20

Resistor: R = 15 x RON coil

21

OFF

ON

~ Figure 3-86 ®

SYMAP

®

AC-Application – Connection of SYMAP for AC breaker coil supervision SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 185/208 -

Service Manual

Figures 3-87 and 3-88 show the logical diagrams for shunt trip supervision and auxiliary power (control voltage) supervision.

ANSI 94-1 Shunt Trip #1 off on

„1“

E 2220

94-1 active

P 2221 Nom. Aux. Voltage P 2222 94-1 Pickup


CB closed

U<

&

94-1 Delay

P 2223 0 |

T |

E 2223

94-1 Trip

ANSI 94-2 Shunt Trip #2 off on

„1“

E 2224

94-2 active

P 2225 Nom. Aux. Voltage P 2226 94-2 Pickup


CB open

U<

Figure 3-87

&

94-2 Delay

P 2227 0 |

T |

E 2227

94-4 Trip

Logic diagram for the shunt trip supervision

ANSI 94-3 Aux. Power off on

„1“ P 2229

E 2228

94-3 active

Uaux nominal input P 2230 94-3 Overvoltage Pickup


&

U>

P 2232 94-3 Undervoltage Pickup

U<

Figure 3-88

- 186/208 -

0 |


&

P 2231 94-3 U> Delay T |

E 2231 94-3 U> Trip

P 2233 94-3 U< Delay 0 |

T |

E 2233 94-3 U< Trip

Logic diagram for the aux. power supervision


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.34 ANSI 95 i – Inrush blocking relay When the SYMAP® is installed to protect a power transformer, large magnetizing inrush currents will flow when the transformer is energized. These inrush currents may be several times the nominal transformer current and depending on the transformer size and design, may last from several milliseconds to several seconds. Although pickup of the relay elements is based only on the fundamental harmonic component of the measured currents, false device pickup due to inrush is still a potential problem since, depending on the transformer size and design, the fundamental harmonic comprises a large component of the inrush current. The SYMAP® features an integrated inrush restraint function that may be utilized when the device is installed at or near a transformer. It supervises the “normal” tripping of all directional and nondirectional overcurrent relay elements with the exception of the ANSI 67 and ANSI 67GS/GD relay elements. For example, when a transformer is energized the current levels may exceed the normal pickup of the overcurrent elements set in the device. If inrush conditions are identified (the 2nd harmonic content of current exceeds the value of setting at parameter [2302]) special inrush messages are created within the device that will block tripping of the overcurrent elements. Note that only the tripping elements are affected by harmonic inrush detection, the pickup values and corresponding timers continue to operate normally. Inrush current contains a relatively large second harmonic component which is nearly absent during a short-circuit fault. Inrush current detection, therefore, is based on the evaluation of the second harmonic component present during inrush conditions. For frequency analysis, digital filters are used to conduct a Fourier analysis of all three phase currents and the ground current. As soon as the second harmonic component of the current flowing in a specific phase or ground relay element exceeds a set value, tripping is blocked for that element (does not apply ANSI 67, and ANSI 67GS/GD elements). Since quantitative analysis of the harmonic components of the current flowing through a specific relay element cannot be completed until a full cycle of inrush current has been measured, inrush restraint blocking and the associated inrush detection message is automatically delayed by one cycle. However, it is important to note that the tripping time delays associated with the relay elements are started immediately after pickup of the relay element, even if the inrush conditions are detected. If inrush blocking drops out during the time delay tripping will occur when the time delay of the element elapses. If inrush blocking drops out after the time delay has elapsed tripping will occur immediately. Therefore, utilization of the inrush restraint feature will not result in any additional tripping delays. If a relay element drops out during inrush blocking the associated time delay will reset. Setting range:

ANSI 95i Inrush blocking relay 2300. Inrush blocking relay 2301.- limit of DC-portion 2302.– 2. harmonic content 2303.– Te extension time 2304.– Tmax blocking time 2305.– Imax blocking inrush

BACK Figure 3-89 ®

SYMAP

: : : : : :

OFF 10.0 20 100 0.20 1600

% % ms sec %

ON/OFF 1.0-99.9 1-99 30-9999 0.03-99.99 1-2999

% % ms sec %

EXIT

ANSI 95 i SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 187/208 -

Service Manual

Parameter description: 2300. Inrush blocking relay : If the inrush blocking relay should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 2301. - limit of DC-portion : Limit setting of DC-portion of the measured current value 2302. - 2. harmonic content : Limit setting of 2nd. harmonic content of the measured current value 2303. - Te extension time Measuring interval for inrush check

:

2304. - Tmax blocking time Maximum inrush blocking time

:

2305. - Imax blocking inrush : If the measured current exceeds this limit the inrush blocking function will be switched off.

- 188/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.35 ANSI FF – Fuse failure (voltages) There are three independent fuse failure relays for the generator, BUS1 and BUS2 voltage measure inputs available. The fuse failure protection monitors the displacement voltage Uo and the phase voltages U1, U2 and U3. For every relay three independent limits are available. The user can define own combinations of these three limits. Limits which are not used should be set to zero. The delay will only start to run if all enabled limits are reached. NOTE: The Fuse failure relays should not be used for ungrounded systems. FF Fuse failure (voltages)

Setting range:

2310. GENERATOR fuse failure : ON 2311. – Uo limit : 22.5 2312. – low voltage limit : 8.3 2313. – high voltage limit: 95.6 2314. - delay (definite) : 3.0 2320. BUS 1 fuse failure : OFF 2321. – Uo limit : 30.0 2322. – low voltage limit : 12.0 2323. – high voltage limit: 97.0 2324. - delay (definite) : 8.0 2330. BUS 2 fuse failure : OFF 2331. – Uo limit : 35.0 2332. – low voltage limit : 20.0 2333. – high voltage limit: 98.0 2334. - delay (definite) : 7.5 BACK Figure 3-90

ON/OFF 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 ON/OFF 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 ON/OFF 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9

% % % sec % % % sec % % % sec

% % % sec % % % sec % % % sec

EXIT

ANSI FF

Parameter description: The parameters for the generator, BUS1 and BUS2 relay differs only in the parameter numbers, so in the following only the generator parameters are described. 2310. GENERATOR fuse failure The enable switch for this Fuse failure relay 2311.

:

- Uo limit : This limit will be supervised if the set value is unequal zero. The displacement voltage is calculated from the phase voltages U1, U2 and U3. The percentage is calculated from parameter P[0201]. Example: P [2311] (22.5%) * P [0201] (400V) / √3 = 51.9 V Event [2311] is activated if the displacement voltage reaches this limit and all other enabled limits are reached.

®

SYMAP


- 189/208 -

Service Manual

2312.

- low voltage limit : This limit will be supervised if the set value is unequal zero. The percentage is calculated from parameter P[0201]. Example: P [2312](8.3%) * P [0201](400V) / √3 = 19.1 V Event [2312] is activated if one of the three phase voltages U1, U2 or U3 reaches this limit and all other enabled limits are reached.

2313. - high voltage limit : This limit will be supervised if the set value is unequal zero. The percentage is calculated from parameter P[0201]. Example: P [2313](95.6%) * P [0201](400V) / √3 = 220.7 V Event [2313] is activated if one of the three phase voltages U1, U2 or U3 reaches this limit and all other enabled limits are reached. 2314.

- delay (definite) : Use this event to activate a binary output and an alarm. This event is active if a combination of the three limits is logically true and the delay is passed. The enabled limits are logically AND associated. In the table 3-3 all seven possible combinations of enabled limits are listed: Table 3-3

Combinations of enabled limits

Uo limit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

- 190/208 -

Low limit

High limit

X X X X X X

X X X

X X X


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.36 Auxiliary limits With these 8 auxiliary limits the user can define further events for his own applications. The time delays of these limits are not as exact as the delay time of the ANSI devices. All these limits will be checked two times per second, so they have an accuracy of 500 ms. AUXILIARY LIMITS

Setting range:

2340. CURRENT(avg) -1. limit : OFF 2341. - limit: 0.0 2342. - delay: 0.0 2343. - 2. limit: OFF 2344. - limit: 0.0 2345. - delay: 0.0 2346. VOLTAGE(avg) - 1. limit: OFF 2347. - limit: 0.0 2348. - delay: 0.0 2349. - 2. limit: OFF 2350. - limit: 0.0 2351. - delay: 0.0

% sec % sec

% sec ↓ EXIT

BACK Figure 3-91

OFF/LOW/HIGH 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec OFF/LOW/HIGH 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec OFF/LOW/HIGH 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec OFF/LOW/HIGH 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec

% sec

Auxiliary limits-1

Setting range:

AUXILIARY LIMITS 2352. POWER(sum) 2353. 2354. 2355. 2356. 2357. 2358. FREQUENCY 2359. 2360. 2361. 2362. 2363.

- 1. - 2. - 1. - 2. -

limit: limit: delay: limit: limit: delay: limit: limit: delay: limit: limit: delay:

OFF 0.0 0.0 OFF 0.0 0.0 OFF 0.0 0.0 OFF 0.0 0.0

BACK Figure 3-92

↑

OFF/LOW/HIGH/REV-H/CAP-H/IND-H 0.0 … 999.9 % 0.0 … 999.9 sec OFF|LOW|HIGH|REV-H|CAP-H|IND-H 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec OFF/ LOW/HIGH 0.0-999.9 % 0.0-999.9 sec OFF/LOW/HIGH 0.0/999.9 % 0.0/999.9 sec


EXIT

Auxiliary limits-2

Parameter description: 2340. CURRENT (avg) - 1. limit The enable switch for this auxiliary limit: •

“OFF”: This limit is disabled.

•

“LOW”: The limit is reached if the actual value falls below the limit of parameter [2341]

•

“HIGH”: The limit is reached if the actual value is higher than the limit of parameter [2341]

®

SYMAP

:


- 191/208 -

Service Manual

2341.

- limit : The percentage is calculated from parameter [0200]. Event [2341] is activated if the average current reaches this limit.

2342.

- delay : This event is active if the limit is reached and the delay is passed.

2343.

- 2. limit

:

- delay

:

to 2345. See the 1. Current limit 2346. VOLTAGE (avg) - 1. limit : to 2351. - delay : The voltage limits are identical as the current limits with the exception that the percentage is calculated from parameter [0201]. 2352. POWER (sum) - 1. limit The enable switch for this auxiliary limit:

:

•

“OFF”:

This limit is disabled.

•

“LOW”:

The limit is reached if the active power falls below the limit of parameter [2353].

•

“HIGH”:

The limit is reached if the active power is higher than the limit of parameter [2353].

•

“REV-H”: The limit is reached if the reverse power is higher than the limit of parameter [2353].

•

“CAP-H”: The limit is reached if the reactive cap. power is higher than the limit of parameter [2353].

•

“IND-H”: The limit is reached if the reactive ind. power is higher than the limit of parameter [2353].

2353.

- limit : The percentage is calculated from parameter [0202]. Event [2353] is activated if the actual value reaches this limit.

2354.

- delay : This event is active if the limit is reached and the delay is passed.

2355.

- 2. limit

:

- delay

:

to 2357. See the 1. Power limit 2358. FREQUENCY - 1. limit : to 2363. - delay : The frequency limits are identical as the current or voltage limits with the exception that the percentage is calculated from parameter [0203].

- 192/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.37 ANSI CW Contact wear measurement The Contact wear measurement can be used to get a statistic supervision of the wear of the contacts (due to switching operations) of a circuit breaker. Contact wear measurement 1930.Contact wear measurement: 1931. -sum of sw. current L1 : 1932. -sum of sw. current L2 : 1933. -sum of sw. current L3 : 1934. -sum of contact wear L1: 1935. -sum of contact wear L2: 1936. -sum of contact wear L3: 1937. -switching cycles : 1938. -max switching cycles : 1939. -sw. current 1.limit : 1940. -sw. current 2.limit : 1941. -sw. current 3.limit :

ON 730 749 787 16.42 17.38 15.29 835 7500 7500 7800 8000

BACK Figure 3-93

Setting range: kA kA kA % % %

kA kA kA

EXIT

-sw. current 4.limit : -contact wear 1.limit : -contact wear 2.limit : -contact wear 3.limit : -contact wear 4.limit : -switch cycles 1.limit : -switch cycles 2.limit : -switch cycles 3.limit : -switch cycles 4.limit : - min.switching current: - max. CO cycles : -1.switching current : BACK

Figure 3-94

®

SYMAP

kA kA kA % % %

kA kA kA

Contact wear measurement-1

Contact wear measurement 1942. 1943. 1944. 1945. 1946. 1947. 1948. 1949. 1950. 1951. 1952. 1953.

↓

OFF/ON 0-65500 0-65500 0-65500 0.00-650.0 0.00-650.00 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0-65500 0-65500 0-65500 0-65500

8300 85.50 87.60 94.35 97.65 7000 7200 7400 7480 1.00 10000 2.00

kA % % % %

↑

kA kA

EXIT

↓

Setting range: 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0.00-650.00 0.00-650.00 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0-65500 0-65500 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00

kA % % % %

kA kA



- 193/208 -

Service Manual


-1.max. CO cycles -2.switching current -2.max. CO cycles -3.switching current -3.max. CO cycles -4.switching current -4.max. CO cycles -5.switching current -5.max. CO cycles -6.switching current -6.max. CO cycles -7.switching current

: : : : : : : : : : : :

4500 3.00 3000 4.00 2300 5.00 1800 6.00 1450 7.00 1200 8.00

BACK Figure 3-95

↑ kA kA kA kA kA kA

EXIT

-7.max. CO cycles -8.switching current -8.max. CO cycles -9.switching current -9.max. CO cycles -10.switching current -10.max. CO cycles -11.switching current -11.max. CO cycles -12.switching current -12.max. CO cycles -13.switching current

: : : : : : : : : : : :

1000 9.00 850 10.00 740 12.00 600 14.00 490 16.00 400 18.00

BACK Figure 3-96

↑ kA kA kA kA kA kA

EXIT

1978. -13.max. CO cycles : 1979. -14.switching current : 1980. -14.max. CO cycles : 1981. -15.switching current : 1982. -15.max. CO cycles : 1983. -16.switching current : 1984. -16.max. CO cycles : 1985. -Timeout counter CB op.: 1986.Temp/current supervision: 1987. - record cycle time : 1988. - current average time : BACK

- 194/208 -

kA kA kA kA kA kA

↓

Setting range: 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00

kA kA kA kA kA kA


Contact wear measurement

Figure 3-97

0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00



↓

Setting range:

330 20.00 270 22.00 230 24.00 190 800 OFF 0 0

↑ kA kA kA ms min min

Setting range: 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0.00-650.00 0-65500 0-65500 OFF/ON 0-60000 0-1440

kA kA kA ms min min

EXIT



®

SYMAP

Service Manual

Parameter description: 1930. Contact wear measurement The enable switch for this function

:

On every switching cycle (OFF->ON) of the circuit breaker, the actual phase currents are measured and the contact wear for every phase is calculated (according to a curve, which can be defined with 16 points). The values for the currents, the contact wear and the cycles are then integrated (summed) on the corresponding integrators (parameters [1931] to [1937]). With the following parameters [1931] to [1937] initial values can be set. This can be usefull if the switching equipment was already in use before this measurement is installed. Furthermore these parameters are counting the related values during every switching process. 1931. - sum of sw. current L1 : to 1933. - sum of sw. current L3 : With these parameters initial values for the sum of the switching current for the three phases (L1-L3) can be set. Furthermore these parameters are counting the currents during every switching process. 1934. - sum of contact wear L1 : to 1936. - sum of contact wear L3 : With these parameters initial values for the sum of the contact wear for the three phases (L1-L3) can be set. Furthermore these parameters are counting the contact wear during every switching process. 1937. - switching cycles : With this parameter an initial value for the sum of the switching cycles can be set. Furthermore this parameter counts the cycle during every switching process. 1938. - max switching cycles : With this parameter a max. value for the sum of the switching cycles can be set. With the parameters [1939] to [1950] supervision limits can be set. If a limit is reached the corresponding event (event number = parameter number) will be activated. The events can be used to trigger an alarm or binary output. A limit can be disabled by setting the value to zero. 1939. - sw. current 1.limit : to 1942. - sw. current 4.limit : There are four limits available for the sum of the switching currents. A limit is active if one of the sum (parameters [1931] to [1933]) reaches the limit value. NOTE: The values in the ∑I kA column in the Contact wear page will show “---” if parameters [1939] to [1942] are all set to zero. 1943.- contact wear 1.limit : to 1946. - contact wear 4.limit : There are four limits available for the sum of the contact wear. A limit is active if one of the sum (parameters [1934] to [1936]) reaches the limit value.

®

SYMAP


- 195/208 -

Service Manual

1947. - switch cycles 1.limit : to 1950. - switch cycles 4.limit : There are four limits available for the sum of the switching cycles. A limit is active if the sum (parameter [1937]) reaches the limit value. With the parameters [1951] to [1984] a curve for the calculation of the contact wear can be defined. During a switching cycle the contact wear of the circuit breaker will be calculated according to this curve. The curve is defined with one min. point and 16 points. Every point consists of one current value and the related max. Closed-Open (CO) cycle for the current at this point. The contact wear is taken as the reciprocal value in percent of the max. CO cycles for that current. 1951. - min.switching current : 1952.- max. CO cycles : If the actual current is below this point the max. CO cycles remains the same. These two parameters are mandatory and must be set. 1953. -1.switching current : 1954.-1.max. CO cycles : to 1983. -16.switching current : 1984.-16.max. CO cycles : If the current is between two points the related max. CO cycles will be linearly interpolated. The points can be set in any order (the curve will sorted internally). A point will be only taken if at least one of the two values is greater zero. It is not mandatory to set all the 16 points. If the actual current is greater than the last point than the related max. CO cycles will be calculated continuously linear with a constant slope. 1985. -Timeout counter CB op. : This parameter defines the timeout value for the current measurement from the moment the actual current is decreasing until the moment the circuit breaker opens. 1986.Temp/current supervision : 1987. - record cycle time : 1988. - current average time : Detects the max. temperatures measured via the analogue inputs 1-3 over a given record cycle time. The record cycle time can be set with parameter [1987]. The max. temperatures are stored together with the corresponding feeder average phase currents L1-L3. The current average time (0...1440 min (max. 24 h)) can be set with parameter [1988]. After each record cycle time the max. temperatures and the average currents of the last cycle are stored in the detailed protection history, and a new cycle will start. The average currents are stored in the current phase fields, and the max. temperatures are stored in the voltage phase fields of the detailed protection history. Events: 1986 TCS active: will be set constantly if parameter [1986] = ON. 1987 TCS cycle : will be set for 1sec after each cycle time. 1989. - CB trip signal : In case that a circuit breaker OFF signal is available, this signal can be assigned to an binary input of SYMAP. This parameter defines the binary input which is connected to the breaker ON signal. In case of breaker trip signal is recognized the actual current and voltage values(RMS) will be stored at that time in a separate memory. These values will be used for the contact wear measurement.

- 196/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

3.38 ANSI FL Fault Locator The Fault Locator calculates the distance tot he fault location after any overcurrent protection trip. The calculation is initiatedeach time that the circuit breaker is switched of by any of the protective functions ANSI 50, 50G, 51, 51G, und 67. Immediately prior to the protection trip all relevant current and voltage values are saved. The fault location will be represented in the detailed protection history subsequently to the evaluation of the measuring values. FL FAULT LOCATOR 2390. Fault Locator : 2391.-spec.line ind.X [mO/km]: 2392.-spec.line res.R [mO/km]: 2393.-gnd-loop ind.X[mOhm/km]: 2394.-gnd-loop res.R[mOhm/km]:

ZURÜCK Figure 3-98

Setting range: OFF 450 350 650 550

OFF/ON 0- 9999 0- 9999 0- 9999 0- 9999

mOhm/km mOhm/km mOhm/km mOhm/km

ENDE

ANSI FL Fault Locator

Parameter description: 2390. Fault Locator : If the Fault Locator should be activated set it to “ON”, if not to “OFF”. 2391.-spec.line ind.X [mO/km] : This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific inductive resistance X' (X' = L' 2 π f; with: specific inductance L' and frequency f) per unit length l (L' = L/l; [mH/km] => X' = X/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a phase-tophase loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the conductor). 2392.-spec.line res.R [mO/km] : This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific series resistance R' per unit length l (R' = R/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a phase-to-phase loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the conductor). 2391.-gnd-loop ind.X[mOhm/km] : This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific inductive resistance X' (X' = L' 2 π f; with: specific inductance L' and frequency f) per unit length l (L' = L/l; [mH/km] => X' = X/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a phase-toground loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the conductor). 2391.-gnd-loop res.R[mOhm/km] : This parameter is to register the characteristic quantity of the specific series resistance R' per unit length l (R' = R/l; [mOhm/km]) for a defined conductor length (line/cable) of a ®

SYMAP


- 197/208 -

Service Manual

phase-to-ground loop. The characteristic quantity is indicated of e.g. 1 km (see data sheets of the conductor).

- 198/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

4 Alarm controller settings The alarm controller has 79 independent free programmable alarm channels. ALARM CHANNEL EVENT – Select: - 1.line: 2.line:

LED CONTROL - ALARM : X - TRIP : - red : X - amber : - green :

Max. 17 characters Max. 17 characters

06.ANSI 50-1 - Inst.1.Overcur - mode : UNLATCHED - trigger : 1402 - block by: 508 - delay 0.7sec - 1. group: 87 - 2. group: none - priority: 2 - option : none - beeper : OFF

RELAY Figure 4-1

Setting range: 1-79

0006

OFF,LATCHED,UNLATCHED,NO ACK

0-9999 0-9999 0.0-999.9 sec none, 80-99 none, 80-99 none,1-12 none/MODEM/PRINTER/MODM+PRNT

OFF/ON

EXIT Alarm parameter mask

SYSTEM

Parameter description: ALARM CHANNEL EVENT - Select : Selects an alarm channel for editing; up to 79 alarm channels can be used. 1. and 2. line : This free programmable alarm text will appear on the alarm page if the alarm is active. - mode The following alarm modes are available:

:

•

“OFF”:

The alarm channel is disabled.

•

“LATCHED”:

The alarm event ([0001] to [0079]) is active until the alarm disappears and the ACK-key is pressed.

•

“UNLATCHED”: The alarm event ([0001] to [0079]) is active until the trigger event is active.

•

“NO ACK”:

The alarm event ([0001] to [0079]) is active until the trigger event is active. The alarm text in the LCD (also the beeper) disappears without ACK if the trigger event is not longer active.

- trigger : The alarm channel will be activated by this event. - block by : The alarm channel is blocked if this event is active. - delay : The alarm channel can be delayed with this time.

®

SYMAP


- 199/208 -

Service Manual

Figure 4-2 shows the context of the trigger event, the block event, the delay and the ACK: trigger

delay

event

SR

&

block event

S R

ACK

Figure 4-2

Q

alarm active

Alarm channel logic

- 1. and 2. Group : Each alarm channel can be assigned to one or two alarm groups. If one of the alarms belonging to this group is active the corresponding group event will also be activated. A maximum of twenty alarm groups (80-99) can be created. - priority NOTE:

:

Only for SYMAP® devices equipped with power management!

Through the priority settings, useful attributes can be set to the corresponding alarm channels. Additional operations such as “change to manual mode,” “start the next diesel” or “stop own aggregate” will activated after the alarm appears. Table 4-1 shows all alarm priorities and the corresponding operations that are activated after appearance of the alarm. Table 4-1 Alarm controller Alarm priority

Operation after the alarm appears Change to manual mode Start next stand-by engine Immediately Stop Normal Stop Immediately Stop after started engine tries to synchronize Normal Stop after next C.B. is closed Only open Breaker* after started engine tries to synchronize Only open Breaker* with load reduction after next C.B. is closed Set the start valve max trials parameter [0632] to 10 and the cooling down time parameter [0656] to 600.0 sec Normal Stop after next C.B. is closed, but without parameter [0651] (ALARM DELAY – max time) Normal Stop without load reduction after started engine tries to synchronize

1 X X X

2 X X

3 X

4 X

5 X X

6 X X

7

8 X X

9 X X

10

11 X

12 X

13 X X

X X X X X X X

X

X

* means Shunt #1 output

- option

:

•

“NONE”:

No action when the alarm appears

•

“MODEM”:

The alarm will be sent automatically over a modem (if available).

•

“PRINTER”:

The alarm will be sent automatically to a printer over Serial port 2.

•

“MODEM+PRINT”: The alarm will be sent automatically over a modem and to a printer.

- 200/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

- beeper

:

•

“OFF”: No sound when the alarm appears

•

“ON”:

When the alarm appears the beeper will be active until the ACK-key is pressed.

NOTE: There is a special beeper event [2918] which can be used to drive external signal devices over a binary output. LED CONTROL The LED control box defines the action of the alarm LEDs if the alarm occurs: .

•

“ALARM”:

The main alarm LED will be activated.

•

“TRIP”:

The trip LED will be activated.

•

“red, amber, green”: (“green”: only SYMAP® BC/BCG): The multi-colored LEDs left of the LCD screen (where the alarm text is shown) will be activated. If more than one color is marked the LED will blink alternately in these colors.

Figure 4-3 shows the context of the latched and unlatched conditions of the alarm channel. Alarm trigger event Alarm channel event

UNLATCHED

Alarm output Beeper Acknowledgement Alarm trigger event Alarm channel event

LATCHED

Alarm output Beeper Acknowledgement Alarm trigger event Alarm channel event

LATCHED

Alarm output Beeper Acknowledgement

Figure 4-3 Context of the latched and unlatched conditions of the alarm channel

The “alarm trigger event” is the event number which activates the alarm channel. The “alarm channel event” will be active as long as the alarm is acknowledged. If the “alarm channel event ” is linked to a binary output this output will be activated in accordance to the “latched/unlatched” ®

SYMAP


- 201/208 -

Service Manual

condition set within the alarm channel settings. The “beeper” will be activated by the “alarm trigger event” and reset after alarm acknowledgement. NOTE: There is a special event [2936], which becomes active if a new alarm occurs. After that this event can be reset with ACK.

- 202/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

5 Special parameters This parameter group comprises some special parameters which are only accessible through the PC – Parameter Tool (Button: EXTRAS > Special parameter). Table 5-1 No.

Special parameters Name

[0074] [0075] [0090] [0091] [0092] [0055] [0084] [0054] [0057] [0078] [0088]

DISPLAY FILTER Deadband filter Frequency filter FILTER -RPM nominal/dt - analog inputs - PT 100 BINARY INPUTS Wirefault limit Oscillation limit COMMUNICATION SERIAL PORT1 -Stopbits MODBUS FC3 Byte count LOCAL/REMOTE MODE Select breaker mode Change to TEST mode

Default

Unit

Range

2.5 20000 10.0 10.0 60.0

% mHz/sec sec sec sec

20 150

LSB n/sec

1 1

-

1-2 1-2

Loc/Rem MANUAL

-

none…Test…Loc/Rem MANUAL…AUTOM.

forward none 0.0

-

forward…reverse none…CMA218 0.0-6553.5

100.0 100.0 100.0

% % %

0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9

0.0-20.0 0-65535 0.0-999.9 0.0-999.9 0.0-6553.5 0-255 0-65535

SPECIAL PARAMETER [0060] [0082] [0058] [0032] [0033] [0034]

Current direction(gen.) Select extension board Analog inp.4-add. low limit CALIBRATION PARAMETER Uaux CAL. -X3/ 1, 2 Shunt1 CAL.-X2.1/18,19 Shunt2 CAL.-X2.1/20,21

Parameter description: 0074. Deadband filter : This parameter is valid for all measure data which are outputted over the LCD, the analogous outputs and which are transferred through all communication ports. If any value falls below the setted deadband limit the value will be reset to zero. Furthermore, if the changing of any value is below the deadband limit the average builder (parameter [0111], see chapter 2.2) will plane the value. 0075. Frequency filter : This parameter filters the Gen., BUS1 and 2 frequencies. Only frequency changes below the set value (in mHz/sec) are accepted by the measuring system. 0090. FILTER -RPM nominal/dt NOTE:

:

This parameter is only valid for SYMAP® XG/BCG (power management)!

With this parameter the measuring system builds an average of the diesel speed. 0091. FILTER - analog inputs : With this parameter the measuring system builds an average of the analog inputs values, except the PT 100 inputs (see chapter 2.5). 0092. FILTER - PT 100 : With this parameter the measuring system linearly integrates the PT100 inputs (see chapter 2.5.1). The integration time can be set with parameter [0092] (360°C jump in ? sec). The integrator will be initialised with the actual value at “Power ON” or with the F2-key on the analog inputs page (the key appears if parameter [0092] > 3.0 sec). ®

SYMAP


- 203/208 -

Service Manual

0055. Wirefault limit : If the measured LSB value of a binary input falls below this limit wirefault is detected (see chapter 2.6). 0084. Oscillation limit : If the changing of a binary input per seconds exceeds this limit system fail [3012] will be activated (see Appendix A2). The supervision can be disabled by setting this parameter to zero. 0054. SERIAL PORT 1 – stopbits : With this parameter the number of stopbits (1 or 2) in the transferred bytes through serial port 1 can be adjust (see chapter 2.4). 0057. MODBUS FC3 Byte count : With this parameter the number of bytes (1 or 2) of the byte count field in function code 3 of the MODBUS protocol can be adjust (see Appendix A1). 0078. Select breaker mode : With this parameter the operating (breaker) modes for the device can be selected (see chapter 2.5 in the Users manual). The following modes are available: •

“none”:

•

“Loc/Rem”: The valid modes are “Local” and “Remote”.

•

“Test”:

no modes selected; this can be used for SYMAP® XG/BCG, because for Power management usually only the AUTO/MANU. modes are used.

The valid modes are “Local”, “Remote”, “Test Local” and “Test Remote”.

0088. Change to TEST mode : If this parameter is setted to AUTOM. and parameter [0078] to “Test” the device will switch automatically to the test mode (“Test Local” or “Test Remote”) if one breaker changes the position from IN->OUT (see chapter 2.5 in the User′s manual). 0060. Current direction (gen.) : This parameter defines the direction of the generator current. 0082. Select extension board : This parameter enables the software for various extension boards. 0058. Analog input 4 - additional low limit : With this parameter the user has the possibility to set an additional low limit for analog input 4 (see chapter 2.5). The limit is disabled if the setted value equals zero. If the value reaches this low limit, event [2935] will be set. 0032. Uaux CAL. : This parameter calibrates the Uaux measure input (see chapter 3.32). 0033. Shunt #1 CAL. : This parameter calibrates the Shunt #1 measure input (see chapter 3.32). 0034. Shunt #2 CAL. : This parameter calibrates the Shunt #2 measure input (see chapter 3.32).

- 204/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

6

Maintenance, Servicing and Retesting

The devices of SYMAP® product line were designed numerically. All functions base on tested hardware and software. Maintenance All SYMAP® devices are maintenance-free. However, there are some certain, life-limited components, which causes replacement according to the given replacement cycles listed in the table below. Following components are to be considered: •

Akku, Type ML2430; for storage of data in the RAM memory. The buffering time of a fully charged accumulator (stand-by operation) is about 50 days. Manufacturer’s warranted life time of the accumulator is about 10 years.

•

Battery, Type CR2032, for maintenance of counting date and time. The buffering time of a fully charged battery is about 50 days.

Table 6-1

Life-limited components

Component

Type

Function

Failure consequences

Akku

ML2430, soldering tag

Storage of data in the RAM memory

Battery

CR2032, soldering tag

Maintenance of counting date and time after disconnecting ® SYMAP power supply

Loss of data after complete discharge of the akkumulator Reset of date and time to default values after complete discharge of the battery

Replacement cycle

Replacement

ca.every 10 years

Stucke Elektronik GmbH

ca.every 10 years

Stucke Elektronik GmbH

Servicing All SYMAP® devices provide extensive self supervision functions for signalling different internal faults. Replacement of the life-limited components (see table above) may be undertaken only under ESD-conform conditions at the device manufacturer’s facility. Retesting A repeating secondary test is mainly to check the function of the hardware including the wiring on a regular basis. Moreover, any non-documented changes of parameter settings can be detected. Retesting intervalls are to be allocated by the user. All repeated tests for functionality checks as simplified functionality tests and secondary protection tests as complete check of the protection system fall in the scope of the regulation, which apply to valid standards for the plant area requiring the use of SYMAP® devices.

®

SYMAP


- 205/208 -

Service Manual

- 206/208 -


®

SYMAP

Service Manual

®

SYMAP


- 207/208 -

Service Manual

Stucke Elektronik GmbH ● Merkurring 26 ● 22143 Hamburg ● Germany http://www.stuckegmbh.de SYMAP_ServiceManual_E.doc

- 208/208 -

®

SYMAP

Bay Controller - Stucke Elektronik - SYMAP - Service Manual 795

Recommend Documents